WO2020004278A1 - User device, control device, and communication control method - Google Patents
User device, control device, and communication control method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020004278A1 WO2020004278A1 PCT/JP2019/024782 JP2019024782W WO2020004278A1 WO 2020004278 A1 WO2020004278 A1 WO 2020004278A1 JP 2019024782 W JP2019024782 W JP 2019024782W WO 2020004278 A1 WO2020004278 A1 WO 2020004278A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- ladn
- service area
- information
- ladn service
- identification information
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
- H04W48/18—Selecting a network or a communication service
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W60/00—Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/02—Terminal devices
- H04W88/06—Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to a user device, a control device, and a communication control method.
- Priority is claimed on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-119582, filed on June 25, 2018, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) has begun studying the 5GS (5G System) system architecture, which is the next generation (5G) mobile communication system, and will support new procedures and new functions. Discussion has been made (see Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2).
- 5GCN 5G Core Network
- LADN Local Area Data Network
- One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a method for realizing an extension of a function for providing connectivity to a LADN in 5GS.
- the user device of one embodiment of the present invention includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit, wherein the control unit transmits a registration request message to the control device in a registration procedure, and receives a registration acceptance message from the control device,
- the registration request message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message indicates whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported.
- LADN Local Area Data Network
- the user apparatus characterized by setting the different areas, as said LADN service area and the area formed by A.
- the control device includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit, wherein the control unit receives a registration request message from the user device in a registration procedure, and transmits a registration acceptance message to the user device,
- the registration request message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message indicates whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported.
- LADN Local Area Data Network
- the control unit when the information A indicates that does not support the extension of the LADN service area, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, as the LADN service area Setting, if the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the one or more tracking The different areas are to be composed area by the rear, it is set as the LADN service area, the registration acceptance message further comprising information C indicating the LADN service area.
- a communication control method for a user apparatus includes a step of transmitting a registration request message to a control apparatus in a registration procedure, and a step of receiving a registration acceptance message from the control apparatus.
- the message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message includes information indicating whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported.
- B the user equipment, if the information B indicates that does not support the extension of the LADN service area, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, set as the LADN service area, The information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported;
- the different areas are to be composed area by ring area, and sets as the LADN service area.
- the communication control method of the control device includes a step of receiving a registration request message from a user device in a registration procedure, and a step of transmitting a registration acceptance message to the user device.
- the message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message includes information indicating whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported.
- LADN Local Area Data Network
- the control device if the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, set as the LADN service area, If the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the one or more The different areas are to be composed area by ring area, it is set as the LADN service area, the registration acceptance message further comprising information C indicating the LADN service area.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an outline of a mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS).
- FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a detailed configuration of a mobile communication system (EPS / 5GS).
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a device configuration of a UE.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of an access network device (gNB) in 5GS.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of a core network device (AMF / SMF / UPF) in 5GS. It is a figure explaining a registration procedure.
- AMF access network device
- FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment
- FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
- the mobile communication system 1 includes UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network) _A5, access network _B120, core network _B190, and DN (Data Network) _A6. Is described.
- FIG. 2 also shows devices and functions such as UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G ⁇ AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, and the like. An interface for connecting devices and functions to each other is described.
- these devices and functions such as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5G AN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, etc. May be omitted.
- an EPS Evolved Packet System
- an access network_A includes an access network_A and a core network_A, but may further include a UE and / or a PDN.
- 5GS 5G @ System
- 5G system includes a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
- the UE is a device that can be connected to a network service through 3GPP access (3GPP access network, also referred to as 3GPP AN) and / or non-3GPP access (non-3GPP access network, also referred to as non-3GPP AN). is there.
- the UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication, such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device that can be connected to both EPS and 5GS.
- the UE may include a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). Note that UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
- 3GPP access network also referred to as 3GPP AN
- non-3GPP access network also referred to as non-3GPP AN
- the UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication, such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device that can be connected to both EPS and 5GS.
- the UE
- the access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and / or a wireless LAN access network.
- E-UTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
- eNB45 evolved @ Node @ B 45 are arranged in the E-UTRAN.
- eNB45 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB.
- the eNBs are connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface.
- One or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
- the access network_B corresponds to a 5G access network (5G AN).
- the 5G AN is configured with an NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and / or a non-3GPP access network.
- NG-RAN NG Radio Access Network
- gNBs NR NodeB
- gNB122 may be described by omitting the symbol like eNB.
- the gNB is a node that provides an NR (New @ Radio) user plane and a control plane to the UE, and is a node that connects to 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface).
- the gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS, and has a function different from that of the base station device (eNB) used in EPS that is a 4G system.
- the gNBs are connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
- E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access.
- a wireless LAN access network or non-3GPP @ AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access.
- the nodes arranged in the access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
- the access network_A, and / or the access network_B, and / or the device included in the access network_A, and / or the device included in the access network_B are the access network or the access network device. In some cases.
- ⁇ Core network_A ⁇ corresponds to EPC (Evolved @ Packet @ Core).
- EPC for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway) -U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rule Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server) and the like Be placed.
- MME Mobility Management Entity
- SGW Serving Gateway
- PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
- PGW-C Packet Data Network Gateway
- PCRF Policy and Charging Rule Rules Function
- HSS Home Subscriber Server
- the core network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network).
- 5GCN 5G Core Network
- AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
- UPF User Plane Function
- SMF Session Management Function
- PCF Policy Control Function
- UDM Unified Data Management
- 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
- the core network _A, and / or the core network _B, the device included in the core network _A, and / or the device included in the core network _B may be referred to as a core network or a core network device. There is.
- the core network is a mobile communication carrier (Mobile Network) that connects an access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) with a PDN and / or DN.
- the network may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a Network Operator (MNO), a core network for a mobile communication carrier that operates and manages the mobile communication system 1, or an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator). ), A virtual network such as MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler) or a core network for a virtual mobile communication service provider.
- MNO Network Operator
- MVNO Mobile Virtual Network Operator
- a virtual network such as MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler) or a core network for a virtual mobile communication service provider.
- FIG. 1 describes a case where the PDN and the DN are the same, but they may be different.
- the PDN may be a DN (Data @ Network) that provides a communication service to the UE.
- the DN may be configured as a packet data service network, or may be configured for each service.
- the PDN may include a connected communication terminal. Therefore, connecting to a PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Further, transmitting / receiving user data to / from the PDN may be transmitting / receiving user data to / from a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN.
- PDN may be expressed as DN, or DN may be expressed as PDN.
- an access network _A, a core network _A, a PDN, an access network _B, a core network _B, at least a part of a DN, and / or one or more devices included therein are referred to as a network or a network device.
- the fact that the network and / or the network device sends and receives messages and / or executes procedures means that the access network _A, the core network _A, the PDN, the access network _B, the core network _B, the DN At least some, and / or one or more devices included therein, may send and receive messages and / or perform procedures.
- the UE can also connect to the access network. Further, the UE can be connected to the core network via the access network. Further, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and the core network. That is, the UE can transmit / receive (communicate) user data to / from the PDN or DN. When transmitting and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
- IP Internet Protocol
- IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is transmitted and received by IP packets.
- An IP packet is composed of an IP header and a payload.
- the payload section may include devices / functions included in EPS and data transmitted / received by devices / functions included in 5GS.
- Non-IP communication is data communication without using IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of an IP packet.
- non-IP communication may be data communication realized by transmission and reception of application data to which an IP header has not been added, or may have another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header and be transmitted by the UE.
- User data to be transmitted and received may be transmitted and received.
- each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. May be. Further, at least a part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
- each storage unit (storage unit_A340, storage unit_A440, storage unit_B540, storage unit_A640, storage unit_B740) in each device / function appearing below is, for example, a semiconductor memory, an SSD ( It consists of Solid State Drive) and HDD (Hard Disk Drive).
- each storage unit is not only information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices and functions other than the own device and function (for example, UE, and / or access network device, and / or core network device, and / or Or PDN and / or DN) can store various information transmitted and received.
- each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, and the like included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures described below.
- each storage unit may store such information for each UE. Also, when interworking between 5GS and EPS, each storage unit may store control messages and user data transmitted and received between devices and functions included in 5GS and / or EPS. it can. At this time, not only data transmitted / received via the N26 interface but also data transmitted / received without the N26 interface can be stored.
- the UE includes a control unit_A300, an antenna 310, a transmission / reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340.
- the control unit_A300, the transmission / reception unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus.
- the transmission / reception unit_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
- Control section_A300 is a functional section that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE.
- the control unit_A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as necessary.
- Transceiving unit_A320 is a functional unit for performing wireless communication with a base station device (eNB or gNB) in an access network via an antenna. That is, the UE can use the transmitting / receiving unit _A320 to transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the access network device, and / or the core network device, and / or the PDN, and / or the DN. it can.
- a base station device eNB or gNB
- the UE can use the transmitting / receiving unit _A320 to transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the access network device, and / or the core network device, and / or the PDN, and / or the DN. it can.
- the UE can communicate with the base station device (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. Further, the UE can communicate with the base station device (gNB) within 5G AN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. Further, the UE can transmit and receive the AMF and the NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) message via the N1 interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and the AMF is actually performed via 5G AN.
- Storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the UE.
- the gNB includes a control unit_B500, an antenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmission / reception unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540.
- the control unit_B500, the network connection unit_B520, the transmission / reception unit_B530, and the storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus.
- Transmission / reception section_B530 is connected to antenna 510.
- Control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire gNB.
- the control unit_B500 implements various processes in the gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
- Network connection unit_B520 is a functional unit for gNB to communicate with AMF and / or UPF. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the AMF and / or the UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
- Transceiving unit_B530 is a functional unit for performing wireless communication with UE via antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the UE using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
- the gNB in the 5G AN can communicate with the AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection unit_B520, and the UPF via the N3 interface. Can communicate with Further, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
- Storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the gNB.
- the AMF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
- the control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
- the AMF may be a node that handles a control plane.
- Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF.
- the control unit_B700 implements various processes in the AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
- the network connection unit_B720 is a function unit for connecting the AMF to the base station device (gNB) and / or the SMF and / or the PCF and / or the UDM and / or the SCEF in the 5G AN. That is, the AMF, using the network connection unit_B720, between the base station device (gNB) in 5G AN, and / or SMF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM, and / or SCEF, Data and / or control information can be sent and received.
- the AMF in the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB through the N2 interface by using the network connection unit_A620, and communicate with the UDM through the N8 interface. It can communicate with the SMF via the N11 interface and can communicate with the PCF via the N15 interface. In addition, the AMF can transmit and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A620. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and the AMF is actually performed via 5G AN. When the AMF supports the N26 interface, the AMF can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
- the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the AMF.
- the AMF has a function of exchanging control messages with the RAN using the N2 interface, a function of exchanging NAS messages with the UE using the N1 interface, a function of encrypting and protecting the integrity of the NAS message, and a registration management function.
- SM Session Management
- SEA Security Anchor Functionality
- SCM Security Context Management
- N3IWF Non-3GPP Interworking Function
- the RM state for each UE is managed.
- the RM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF.
- the RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED @ state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED @ state).
- RM-DEREGISTERED since the UE is not registered in the network, the AMF cannot reach the UE because the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE.
- the RM-REGISTERED state since the UE is registered in the network, the UE can receive a service that requires registration with the network.
- the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state (5GMM @ state).
- the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state
- the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
- 5GMM-REGISTERED may be a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state where a PDU session context has been established.
- UE_A10 may start transmitting and receiving user data and control messages, or may respond to paging.
- UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and / or a service request procedure.
- 5GMM-DEREGISTERED may be in a state where each device has not established a 5GMM context, may be in a state where the location information of UE_A10 is not grasped by the network, or the network may reach UE_A10. It may be in a state where it is impossible.
- UE_A10 may start a registration procedure, or may establish a 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
- the CM status of each UE is managed.
- the CM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF.
- the CM state includes a non-connection state (CM-IDLE @ state) and a connection state (CM-CONNECTED @ state).
- CM-IDLE non-connection state
- CM-CONNECTED @ state a connection state
- the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface.
- the CM-IDLE state the UE does not have the connection of the N2 interface (N2Nconnection) and the connection of the N3 interface (N3 connection).
- the UE in the CM-CONNECTED state, it has a NAS signaling connection (NAS signaling connection) established with the AMF via the N1 interface. Further, in the CM-CONNECTED state, the UE may have a connection of the N2 interface (N2) connection) and / or a connection of the N3 interface (N3 connection).
- N2 interface N2 interface
- N3 connection N3 connection
- the CM state in 3GPP access and the CM state in non-3GPP access may be managed separately.
- the CM state in 3GPP access may include a non-connection state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE / state / over / 3GPP / access) and a connection state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED / state / over / 3GPP / access).
- CM-IDLE non-connection state in 3GPP access
- CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access
- the non-connection state may be expressed as an idle mode
- the connection state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
- the CM state may be expressed as a 5GMM mode (5GMM mode).
- the non-connection state may be expressed as a 5GMM non-connection mode (5GMM-IDLE @ mode), and the connection state may be expressed as a 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-CONNECTED @ mode).
- the non-connection state in 3GPP access may be expressed as a 5GMM non-connection mode in 3GPP access (5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access), and the connection state in 3GPP access is a 5GMM connection mode in 3GPP access (5GMM- CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access).
- non-connection state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as a 5GMM non-connection mode in non-3GPP access (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access), and the connection state in non-3GPP access is non- It may be expressed as a 5GMM connection mode in -3GPP access (5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access).
- the 5GMM non-connection mode may be expressed as an idle mode
- the 5GMM connection mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
- the AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network ⁇ Slice ⁇ Instance). Further, the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; ⁇ Common ⁇ CPNF (Control ⁇ Plane ⁇ Network ⁇ Function)) shared by a plurality of NSIs.
- CCNF Common ⁇ CPNF (Control ⁇ Plane ⁇ Network ⁇ Function)
- the N3IWF is a device and / or a function disposed between the non-3GPP access and the 5GCN when the UE connects to the 5GS via the non-3GPP access.
- the SMF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
- the control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
- the SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
- Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF.
- the control unit_B700 implements various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
- Network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for connecting the SMF to the AMF, and / or the UPF, and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM. That is, the SMF can transmit and receive user data and / or control information to / from the AMF and / or the UPF and / or the PCF and / or the UDM using the network connection unit_B720.
- the SMF in the 5GCN can communicate with the AMF via the N11 interface by using the network connection unit_A620, and communicate with the UPF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, can communicate with PCF via N7 interface, and can communicate with UDM via N10 interface.
- the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing a program, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the SMF.
- the SMF has a session management (Session management) function for establishing, modifying, and releasing PDU sessions, IP address allocation (IP address) for UEs and its management function, UPF selection and control function, appropriate destination (transmission destination). ), A function to send and receive the SM part of the NAS message, a function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), and an AN via the N2 interface via AMF.
- Session management Session management
- IP address IP address allocation
- UPF selection and control function IP address allocation
- a function to send and receive the SM part of the NAS message a function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), and an AN via the N2 interface via AMF.
- the UPF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740.
- the control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus.
- the UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
- Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF.
- the control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
- Network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for connecting the UPF to a base station device (gNB) and / or SMF and / or DN in 5G AN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection unit_B720 to transmit and receive user data and / or control information to and from the base station device (gNB) in 5G AN, and / or the SMF, and / or the DN. Can be.
- the UPF in the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB through the N3 interface by using the network connection unit_A620, and communicate with the SMF through the N4 interface. It can communicate, can communicate with the DN via the N6 interface, and can communicate with other UPFs via the N9 interface.
- the storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the UPF.
- UPF functions as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, and functions as an external PDU session point for interconnecting with the DN (that is, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B, as a user, Data transfer function), packet routing and transfer function, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports the routing of multiple traffic flows for one DN, multi-homed PDU session It has a Branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for a user plane, a verification function of uplink traffic, buffering of downlink packets, a function of triggering downlink data notification (Downlink Data Notification), and the like.
- DN that is, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B, as a user, Data transfer function
- UL CL Uplink Classifier
- It has a Branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for a user plane, a verification function of uplink traffic, buffering of downlink packets, a
- UPUPF may be a gateway for IP communication and / or non-IP communication.
- the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, and may have a function of converting non-IP communication and IP communication.
- a plurality of arranged gateways may be gateways connecting the core network_B and a single DN. Note that the UPF may have connectivity with another NF, and may be connected to each device via another NF.
- the user plane is user data (user @ data) transmitted and received between the UE and the network.
- the user plane may be transmitted and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session.
- the user plane may be transmitted and received using an LTE-Uu interface, and / or an S1-U interface, and / or an S5 interface, and / or an S8 interface, and / or an SGi interface.
- the user plane may be transmitted and received via an interface between the UE and the NG @ RAN, and / or an N3 interface, and / or an N9 interface, and / or an N6 interface.
- the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane.
- control plane is a control message transmitted and received to perform communication control and the like of the UE.
- the control plane may be transmitted / received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME.
- NAS Non-Access-Stratum
- the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface.
- the control plane may be transmitted and received using the interface between the UE and the NG @ RAN, and the N2 interface.
- the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or may be expressed as a C-Plane.
- U-Plane User Plane; ⁇ UP
- C-Plane Control @ Plane; $ CP
- PCF has a function to provide policy rules.
- UDM also has an authentication information processing (Authentication credential processing) function, a user identification processing function, an access authentication function, a registration / mobility management function, a subscriber information management (subscription management) function, and the like.
- Authentication credential processing Authentication credential processing
- user identification processing a user identification processing function
- access authentication a registration / mobility management function
- subscriber information management subscriber information management
- PCRF is connected to the PGW and / or PDN, and has a function of performing QoS management for data delivery. For example, QoS of a communication path between UE_A10 and PDN is managed.
- the PCRF may be a device that creates and / or manages a PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rule and / or a routing rule used when each device transmits and receives user data.
- PCC Policy and Charging Control
- the HSS is connected to the MME and / or SCEF, and has a function of managing subscriber information.
- the subscriber information of the HSS is referred to, for example, at the time of MME access control. Further, the HSS may be connected to a location management device different from the MME.
- the SCEF is connected to the DN and / or PDN, the MME, and the HSS, and has a function as a relay device that transfers user data as a gateway connecting the DN and / or the PDN and the core network _A.
- SCEF may be a gateway for non-IP communication.
- SCEF may have a function of converting non-IP communication and IP communication.
- a plurality of such gateways may be arranged in the core network_A.
- the SCEF may be configured outside or inside the core network.
- Network refers to at least a part of access network_B, core network_B, and DN.
- One or more devices included in at least a part of the access network_B, the core network_B, and the DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. That is, that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of the message may mean that a device in the network (network device and / or control device) performs transmission / reception and / or processing of the message. . Conversely, the fact that a device in the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message may mean that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message.
- an SM (Session Management) message may be a NAS message used in a procedure for SM, and transmitted and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 through AMF_A240. Control message. Further, the SM message includes a PDU session establishment request message, a PDU session establishment acceptance message, a PDU session completion message, a PDU session rejection message, a PDU session change request message, a PDU session change acceptance message, a PDU session change response message, and the like. You may. Also, the procedure for the SM may include a PDU session establishment procedure.
- the 5GS (5G @ System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Further, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
- the non-5GS service may be a service other than the 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and / or a non-EPS service.
- the single registration mode is a mode in which the UE_A10 maintains a common registration state for the 5GMM state and the EMM state when the N1 mode and the S1 mode are available.
- the dual registration mode is a mode in which the UE_A10 maintains the registration state independently of the 5GMM state and the EMM state when the N1 mode and the S1 mode are available.
- UE_A10 may be registered in the network only in the N1 mode (that is, registered in only 5GC) or may be registered in the network only in the S1 mode (registered only in the EPC). Alternatively, it may be registered in the network in both N1 mode and S1 mode (registered in both 5GC and EPC).
- UEs that support both 5GC and EPC NAS for interworking between 5GS and EPC can operate in single registration mode or dual registration mode.
- the S1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is permitted to access the EPC via E-UTRAN.
- the S1 mode may be a mode in which transmission and reception of a message using the S1 interface is performed.
- the S1 interface may be composed of an S1-MME interface and an S1-U interface.
- the N1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is permitted to access 5GC via a 5G access network.
- the N1 mode may be a mode in which transmission and reception of messages using the N1 interface are performed.
- APN Access @ Point @ Name
- the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is transmitted and received using IPv6. When IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data transmission / reception is performed using IPv4 or IPv6. When non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is to be performed by a communication method other than IP instead of communication using IP.
- a PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session can be defined as an association between the DN providing the PDU connectivity service and the UE, but is established between the UE and an external gateway. Connectivity.
- the UE can transmit and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session.
- the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like.
- the UE can transmit and receive user data to and from a device such as an application server arranged in the DN using the PDU session.
- Each device may manage one or more pieces of identification information in association with a PDU session.
- these identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rule, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, and other information may be included. Further, it may be included. Further, when a plurality of PDU sessions are established, each piece of identification information associated with the PDU session may have the same content or different content.
- ⁇ DNN (Data ⁇ Network ⁇ Name) may be identification information for identifying a core network and / or an external network such as a DN. Furthermore, the DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 that connects the core network B190. Further, the DNN may be equivalent to an APN (Access @ Point @ Name).
- the PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data transmission and reception will be performed using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is transmitted and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Further, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. When Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data is transmitted / received to / from an application server in the DN using the point-to-point (P2P) tunneling technology. As the P2P tunneling technology, for example, a UDP / IP encapsulation technology may be used.
- the PDU session type may include IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
- Network slices are logical networks that provide specific network capabilities and network characteristics.
- the UE and / or the network can support a network slice (NW slice; NS) in 5GS.
- a network slice instance is composed of an instance (entity) of a network function (NF) and a set of necessary resources, and forms a network slice to be arranged.
- the NF is a processing function in a network, which is adopted or defined in 3GPP.
- the NSI is an entity of the NS, which is composed of one or more core networks_B.
- the NSI may be configured by a virtual NF (Network Function) generated using NST (Network Slice Template).
- NST Network Slice Template
- the NST is a logical expression of one or more NFs associated with a resource request for providing a required communication service or capability. That is, the NSI may be an aggregate in the core network_B190 configured by a plurality of NFs.
- the NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by a service or the like.
- One or more NFs may be configured in the NS.
- the NF configured in the NS may or may not be a device shared with another NS.
- the UE and / or the devices in the network may have one or more NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI and / or UE usage type and / or one or more NSINID based registration information and / or APN.
- NS can be assigned.
- UE usage type is a parameter value included in UE registration information used for identifying NSI.
- the UE usage type may be stored in the HSS.
- AMF may select SMF and UPF based on UE usage type.
- S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
- S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
- S-NSSAI may be configured only with SST (Slice / Service type), or may be configured with both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator).
- the SST is information indicating the expected NS operation in terms of functions and services.
- the SD may be information for interpolating the SST when one NSI is selected from a plurality of NSIs indicated by the SST.
- the S-NSSAI may be information unique to each PLMN or standard information shared between PLMNs.
- the network may store one or more S-NSSAIs in the registration information of the UE as the default S-NSSAI. If the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message when the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI, the network may provide an NS related to the UE.
- NNSSAI Network (Slice Selection Assistance Information) is a group of S-NSSAI.
- Each S-NSSAI included in the NSSAI is information that assists the access network or the core network in selecting the NSI.
- the UE may store the NSSAI granted from the network for each PLMN. Also, NSSAI may be information used to select an AMF.
- ⁇ SSC Session ⁇ Service ⁇ Continuity
- mode indicates a mode of session service continuity (Session ⁇ Service ⁇ Continuity) supported by the system and / or each device in the 5G system (5GS). More specifically, the mode may indicate the type of session service continuation supported by the PDU session established between UE_A10 and the UPF.
- SSC @ mode may be a mode indicating the type of session service continuation set for each PDU session.
- SSC @ mode may be composed of three modes, SSC @ mode @ 1, SSC @ mode @ 2, and SSC @ mode # 3. Note that the SSC @ mode associated with the PDU session does not need to be changed while the PDU session exists.
- ⁇ 5GMM-CONNECTED ⁇ mode with RRC inactive indication is a state indicating that the state of the NAS layer is in a connected state despite the inactive state of the RRC layer.
- 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication is a state where the radio bearer is released while maintaining the context of the NAS signaling connection and / or the NAS signaling connection.
- the support of 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer is maintained in the connected state even when a notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from the lower layer. It may mean that it is supported. Furthermore, the use of 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer is maintained in a connected state even when a notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from a lower layer. It may mean.
- the tracking area is one or more ranges that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network.
- the tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range in which a control message such as paging is broadcast, or may be a range in which UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or any similar area. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be a TA (Tracking @ Area).
- the TA list is a list including one or a plurality of TAs assigned to UE_A10 by the network.
- UE_A10 may be able to move without executing the tracking area update procedure while moving within one or more TAs included in the TA list.
- UE_A10 may be a group of information indicating the area where UE_A10 can move without executing the tracking area update procedure.
- the TA list may be expressed as a TAI list composed of one or more TAIs ⁇ (Tracking ⁇ area ⁇ identity) ⁇ .
- the TAI list may refer to the TA list.
- ⁇ LADN ⁇ (Local Area Data Network) is a DN to which the UE can connect only at a specific place, and provides connectivity to a specific DNN (that is, LADN DNN).
- the LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a specific location by using a PDU session associated with a specific DNN. Further, the LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a specific location by using a PDU session associated with a combination of a specific DNN and a specific S-NSSAI.
- LADN information is information related to LADN.
- the LADN information may be information indicating a specific LADN available to the UE.
- the LADN information may include LADN @ DNN and LADN service area information. More specifically, the LADN information may include one or more pieces of information existing for each LADN (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating the LADN). Further, the information indicating the LADN may include LADN @ DNN and LADN service area information.
- LADN DNN may be information for identifying a LADN, information for identifying a DN treated as an LADN, or a DNN used when establishing a PDU session for the LADN. .
- the LADN information when the LADN information is conventional LADN information, the LADN information may be information having the configuration described above. Specifically, when the LADN information is conventional LADN information, the LADN service area may be a conventional LADN service area.
- the LADN information may be information in which a part of the configuration described above is extended.
- the LADN service area may be an extended LADN service area.
- the information indicating the LADN may further include information indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid and / or information indicating a granularity of the LADN service area.
- the information indicating the LADN may further include S-NSSAI.
- the ⁇ LADN service area ⁇ is an area where a PDU session for the LADN can be established.
- the LADN service area may be an area where connection to the LADN is possible. Further, the LADN service area may be an area indicated by the LADN service area information.
- the LADN service area information may be information for identifying the LADN service area, and may be provided as a set of tracking areas or may be provided as a TAI (Tracking area identity) list.
- the LADN service area may be an area configured by a tracking area belonging to a registration area to which the UE is currently connected.
- the LADN service area may be an area configured by one or a plurality of tracking areas.
- the LADN service area may be an area configured by the tracking area, or may be covered by some base stations in the tracking area. Area.
- the LADN service area may be an area having a size other than the area configured by the tracking area, or may be an area that does not depend on the tracking area. Is also good.
- the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area configured by one or more tracking areas, or may be configured by one or more tracking areas. The area may be different from the area.
- the LADN service area information when the LADN service area is an area constituted by one or a plurality of tracking areas, the LADN service area information may be a tracking area ID list constituted by one or a plurality of tracking area IDs. Conversely, if the LADN service area is an area different from the area configured by one or more tracking areas, the LADN service area information may be information that requires assistance from RAN (Radio Access Network). Alternatively, the information may not require the assistance of the RAN.
- the information requiring RAN assistance may be cell information or base station information. Further, the information requiring RAN assistance may be a cell ID or a base station ID. Further, the information that requires RAN assistance is not limited to these, and may be information defined by RAN.
- the information that does not require the assistance of the RAN may be physical position information or position information that can be obtained by an application. Further, the information that does not require the assistance of the RAN is not limited thereto, and may be information that can be acquired by other than the RAN.
- the RAN may be expressed as an access network. Conversely, an access network may be referred to as a RAN.
- the extension of the LADN service area may mean using a LADN service area having a different granularity from the conventional LADN service area. Further, the extension of the LADN service area may mean that extended LADN information different from conventional LADN information is used. Further, extending the LADN service area may mean connecting to an extended LADN different from the conventional LADN.
- an extended LADN service area different from the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable.
- extended LADN information different from the conventional LADN information may be usable.
- the devices do not support the extension of the LADN service area, adaptation of the extended LADN service area is not possible, and only the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable. Furthermore, if some of the devices do not support the extension of the LADN service area, the use of the extended LADN information may not be possible, and only the conventional LADN information may be available. Furthermore, if some of the devices do not support expansion of the LADN service area, connection to the expanded LADN may not be possible, but only connection to the conventional LADN may be possible.
- each device supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area
- adaptation of the extended LADN service area is not possible, and only the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable.
- the extended LADN information may not be used, and only the conventional LADN information may be used.
- the connection to the extended LADN may not be possible, and only the connection to the conventional LADN may be possible.
- the extended LADN service area may be adaptable. Further, if each device does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the extended LADN information may be available. Further, when each device does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to the extended LADN.
- the ⁇ PDU session for LADN (PDU ⁇ session ⁇ for ⁇ LADN) ⁇ is a PDU session associated with the DNN associated with the LADN.
- the PDU session for the LADN may be a PDU session established for the LADN. In other words, it may be a PDU session established between the UE and the LADN, or a PDU session used for user data communication between the UE and the LADN.
- the PDU session for LADN may be a PDU session that can be established only in the LADN service area.
- the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for LADN by using a specific DNN at a specific location.
- the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for a LADN by using a combination of a specific DNN and a specific S-NSSAI at a specific location.
- the first identification information is information indicating whether or not the UE supports expansion of the LADN service area.
- the first identification information may be a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported.
- the first identification information may be information indicating whether or not the UE supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area. Furthermore, the first identification information may be a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported. Good.
- the first identification information may be a bit constituting a 5GMM capability information element ⁇ (5GMM capability information element) ⁇ indicating the capability of the UE in 5G. Furthermore, the first identification information is information selected and determined based on UE capability information, and / or UE settings, and / or UE status, and / or user policies, and / or application requirements. It may be.
- Eleventh identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports expansion of the LADN service area.
- the eleventh identification information may be a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported.
- the eleventh identification information may be information indicating whether or not the network supports the use restriction of extension of the LADN service area. Further, the eleventh identification information may be a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported. Good.
- the eleventh identification information may be a bit constituting a 5GS network function support information element ⁇ 5GS network function support information element ⁇ that indicates the capability of the network in 5G. Further, the eleventh identification information may be the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network. And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Furthermore, the eleventh identification information may be information that is selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
- the 12Twelfth identification information is LADN information.
- the twelfth identification information may be LADN information permitted by the network, or may be valid LADN information. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information transmitted and received when a LADN service area exists in a registration area to which the UE is connected.
- the twelfth identification information is different from the conventional LADN information and is extended. May be LADN information. Conversely, if the first identification information and / or the eleventh identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
- the twelfth identification information is the conventional LADN information. Good. Conversely, if the first identification information and / or the eleventh identification information is information indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the twelfth identification information is different from the conventional LADN information. It may be different, extended LADN information.
- the twelfth identification information is the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information that is selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
- the thirteenth identification information is information indicating the granularity of the LADN service area.
- the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating the size of the LADN service area.
- the thirteenth identification information may be transmitted / received in association with the twelfth identification information, or information existing for each LADN included in the twelfth identification information (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating the LADN). ) May be transmitted and received. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be transmitted and received for each piece of information indicating the LADN. In this case, the thirteenth identification information may be different for each piece of information indicating a LADN, or may be the same between pieces of information indicating a plurality of LADNs.
- the thirteenth identification information is transmitted and received in association with the information indicating the LADN
- the thirteenth identification information is the LADN service area information included in the information indicating the LADN (hereinafter, the LADN service area information and the ) May be information indicating the granularity.
- the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area constituted by one or more tracking areas is used as the LADN service area.
- a tracking area ID list composed of one or more tracking area IDs may be set in the LADN service area information.
- the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area different from an area constituted by one or more tracking areas is used as the LADN service area.
- information that requires RAN assistance or information that does not require RAN assistance may be set in the LADN service area information.
- the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area covered by some base stations in the tracking area is used as the LADN service area.
- a cell ID and / or a cell ID list including one or more cell IDs may be set in the LADN service area information.
- the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area set independent of the tracking area is used as the LADN service area.
- physical location information may be set in the LADN service area information.
- an area configured by one or more tracking areas may be used as the LADN service area.
- a tracking area ID list including one or a plurality of tracking area IDs may be set in the LADN service area information. Note that the granularity and / or the LADN service area information indicated by the thirteenth identification information need not be limited to these.
- the thirteenth identification information is the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information that is selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
- the fourteenth identification information is information indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid.
- the fourteenth identification information may be information indicating whether or not the LADN service area is currently valid.
- the fourteenth identification information may be transmitted / received in association with the twelfth identification information, or information existing for each LADN included in the twelfth identification information (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating the LADN). ) May be transmitted and received. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be transmitted and received for each piece of information indicating the LADN. In this case, the fourteenth identification information may be different for each piece of information indicating a LADN, or may be the same between pieces of information indicating a plurality of LADNs.
- the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating the time during which the LADN service area is valid, or information indicating the period indicated by a specific date and time. Is also good. Further, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating a specific time zone or information indicating a specific day of the week. Further, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating a specific day or information indicating a specific week. Further, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating a specific month or information indicating a specific year.
- the LADN information and / or the information indicating the LADN are updated during a period in which the LADN service area is valid. It may be until it is done. Note that the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid is not limited to these.
- the fourteenth identification information may be the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network. And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be information selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
- the procedures used in each embodiment include a registration procedure, a PDU session establishment procedure, and a UE configuration update procedure.
- each procedure will be described.
- HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are respectively the same device (that is, the same physical device).
- Hardware, or the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example.
- the contents described in the present embodiment can also be applied to a case where these are configured as different devices (that is, different physical hardware, different logical hardware, or different software).
- data transmission / reception may be performed directly between them, data may be transmitted / received via the N26 interface between the AMF and the MME, or data may be transmitted / received via the UE.
- the registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS.
- this procedure refers to the registration procedure.
- the registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to register with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN under the initiative of the UE. If the UE has not been registered in the network, the UE can execute this procedure at an arbitrary timing such as when power is turned on. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at an arbitrary timing in a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state). Also, each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
- the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network, and / or notifies the status of the UE from the UE to the network periodically, and / or updates specific parameters related to the UE in the network. Procedure may be used.
- the UE may start the registration procedure when mobility across TAs is performed. In other words, the UE may start the registration procedure when moving to a TA different from the TA indicated in the retained TA list. Further, the UE may start this procedure when the running timer expires. Further, the UE may start the registration procedure when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of the PDU session. Further, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when a change occurs in capability information and / or preferences regarding UE PDU session establishment. Further, the UE may periodically initiate a registration procedure. Further, the UE may start the registration procedure based on the completion of the UE setting update procedure. Note that the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
- the UE starts a registration procedure by transmitting a registration request (Registration @ request) message to the AMF (S800) (S802) (S804). Specifically, the UE transmits an RRC message including a registration request message to 5G @ AN (or gNB) (S800).
- the registration request message is a NAS message.
- the RRC message may be a control message transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G @ AN (or gNB).
- the NAS message is processed in the NAS layer, and the RRC message is processed in the RRC layer. Note that the NAS layer is a higher layer than the RRC layer.
- the UE can transmit at least the first identification information included in the registration request message and / or the RRC message, but control messages different from these, for example, a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, , MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer).
- the UE may transmit the identification information to indicate that the UE supports each function, or may indicate a request from the UE. Further, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more pieces of identification information of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information.
- the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received with the same identification information or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
- the information indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area may be set to the first identification information, or the first indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area. May be included in the registration request message and transmitted. Conversely, if the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, the UE may set information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported as the first identification information, or the extension of the LADN service area. May be included in the registration request message and transmitted, or the first identification information may not be transmitted.
- the information indicating the support of the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area may be set as the first identification information, or the LADN service area.
- the first identification information indicating the support of the use restriction of the extension may be included in the registration request message and transmitted.
- the UE may set information indicating that the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported in the first identification information.
- the first identification information indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported may be included in the registration request message and transmitted, or the first identification information may not be transmitted.
- the UE may transmit the first identification information to indicate that the UE supports extension of the LADN service area.
- the first identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area.
- the UE may transmit the first identification information to indicate that the UE supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area.
- the first identification information may be information indicating support for use restriction of extension of the LADN service area.
- the UE by transmitting the registration request message including an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message), or by transmitting an SM message with the registration request message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message),
- the PDU session establishment procedure may be started during the registration procedure.
- the ⁇ 5G ⁇ AN selects an AMF to which the registration request message is transferred (S802).
- the 5G @ AN can select the AMF based on information included in the registration request message and / or the RRC message.
- 5G @ AN extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message, and transfers the registration request message to the selected AMF (S804).
- the AMF When the AMF receives the registration request message, it can execute the first condition determination.
- the first condition determination is for determining whether the network (or AMF) accepts the request of the UE.
- the AMF starts the procedure of FIG. 6 (A) when the first condition determination is true, and starts the procedure of FIG. 6 (B) when the first condition determination is false.
- the first condition determination is to receive a registration request message, and / or each identification information included in the registration request message, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or an operator policy, and It may be executed based on network status, and / or user registration information, and / or the context held by the AMF, and the like. For example, if the network grants the UE request, the first condition determination may be true, and if the network does not grant the UE request, the first condition determination may be false.
- the network of the registration destination of the UE, and / or a device in the network if the function requested by the UE is supported, the first condition determination is true, does not support the function requested by the UE In this case, the first condition determination may be false. Further, when transmitted and received identification information is permitted, the first condition determination may be true, and when transmitted and received identification information is not permitted, the first condition determination may be false. Note that the condition for determining whether the first condition is true or false is not limited to the above-described condition.
- the AMF can first execute the fourth condition determination in the procedure of FIG. 6A.
- the fourth condition determination is for determining whether or not the AMF transmits / receives an SM message to / from the SMF.
- the fourth condition determination may be performed based on whether the AMF has received the SM message. Further, the fourth condition determination may be executed based on whether the registration request message includes the SM message. For example, if the AMF receives the SM message, and / or if the SM message was included in the registration request message, the fourth condition determination may be true, if the AMF did not receive the SM message, If the registration request message does not include the SM message, the fourth condition determination may be false.
- the condition for determining whether the fourth condition is true or false is not limited to the above-described condition.
- the AMF selects the SMF when the fourth condition determination is true, and performs transmission / reception of the SM message with the selected SMF, whereas when the fourth condition determination is false, Are not executed (S806).
- the AMF may stop the procedure of FIG. 6A when receiving the SM message indicating rejection from the SMF. At this time, the AMF can start the procedure of FIG. 6 (B).
- the AMF can notify the SMF of the identification information received in the registration request message when transmitting and receiving the SM message with the SMF in S806.
- the SMF can acquire the identification information received from the AMF by transmitting / receiving the SM message to / from the AMF.
- the AMF receives the registration request message, and / or based on the completion of transmission and reception of the SM message between the SMF, as a response message to the registration request message, via 5GAN (or gNB), to the UE
- a registration acceptance (Registration @ accept) message is transmitted (S808).
- the AMF may send a registration acceptance message based on receiving a registration request message from the UE.
- the AMF may transmit a registration acceptance message based on the completion of transmission and reception of the SM message with the SMF.
- the registration acceptance message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, and is transmitted and received between the UE and 5G @ AN (gNB) by being included in the RRC message.
- the AMF may transmit the registration acceptance message including at least one of the eleventh to fourteenth identification information.
- the AMF may indicate that the network supports each function by transmitting these identification information, or may indicate that the request of the UE has been accepted. Further, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more pieces of identification information of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information.
- the information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received with the same identification information or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
- the information indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area may be set to the eleventh identification information, or the eleventh information indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area may be set. May be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted. Conversely, if the AMF does not support the extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may set information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported in the eleventh identification information, or the extension of the LADN service area. May be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted, or the eleventh identification information may not be transmitted.
- the AMF may set information indicating the support of the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area in the eleventh identification information, Eleventh identification information indicating support for the use restriction of the extension may be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted. Conversely, if the AMF does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may set information indicating that the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported in the eleventh identification information. Alternatively, the eleventh identification information indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported may be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted, or the eleventh identification information may not be transmitted.
- the AMF may indicate that the network supports extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information. Further, the AMF may indicate that extension of the LADN service area is available by transmitting the eleventh identification information. Further, the AMF may indicate that the network has authorized the use of the extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area.
- the AMF sends the eleventh identification indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or the network does not support the extension of the LADN service area by not sending the eleventh identification. May be indicated. Further, the AMF indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not available by sending an eleventh identification indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, or not transmitting the eleventh identification. You may. In addition, the AMF sends the eleventh identity indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or does not send the eleventh identity to allow the network to use the extension of the LADN service area. May be indicated.
- the AMF may indicate that the network supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information. Further, the AMF may indicate that the use of the extension of the LADN service area is restricted by transmitting the eleventh identification information.
- the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for use restriction of extension of the LADN service area.
- the AMF sends the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or does not send the eleventh identification information, so that the network can It may indicate that usage restrictions are not supported.
- the AMF restricts the use of the extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or by not transmitting the eleventh identification information. May be indicated.
- the AMF may transmit the eleventh identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may transmit, to the UE, eleventh identification information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. . Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF transmits to the UE the eleventh identification information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported. Is also good.
- the AMF is information indicating that the first identification information supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, and further, if the AMF decides to restrict the use of the extension of the LADN service area, the LADN service area May be set to the eleventh identification information, or the eleventh identification information indicating the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area may be transmitted to the UE. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF does not have to transmit the eleventh identification information.
- the AMF may indicate that the network supports LADN or indicate that connection to the LADN is permitted by transmitting the twelfth identification information. Further, the AMF notifies the UE of the list of DNNs available for connection to the LADN and / or the LADN service area which is an area where the connection to the LADN is possible by transmitting the twelfth identification information. May be. Further, the AMF may notify the UE of one or more S-NSSAIs available for connection to the LADN by transmitting the twelfth identification information. Note that the S-NSSAI that can be used for connecting to the LADN may be associated with the DNN and / or the LADN service area that can be used for connecting to the LADN.
- the AMF may transmit the twelfth identification information based on the first identification information.
- the AMF may set the extended LADN service area as the LADN service area, or The information may be set as LADN information, or the set LADN information may be transmitted to the UE as twelfth identification information.
- the AMF may set the conventional LADN service area as the LADN service area, or It may be set as LADN information, or the set LADN information may be transmitted to the UE as twelfth identification information.
- AMF may further indicate the granularity of the LADN service area by transmitting the thirteenth identification information. More specifically, the AMF transmits the thirteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, so that the granularity of the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the LADN information indicated by the twelfth identification information May be indicated, or an area that can be used as the LADN service area may be notified. Specifically, the AMF transmits the thirteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, so that the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the twelfth identification information has one or more tracking information.
- the AMF may transmit the thirteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information to indicate that the tracking area ID list is included as the LADN service area information. It may indicate that necessary information is included, or may indicate that information that does not require RAN assistance is included.
- the AMF may determine whether to transmit the thirteenth identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, the AMF may transmit the thirteenth identification information to the UE when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF may not need to transmit the thirteenth identification information to the UE.
- the AMF may indicate the period during which the LADN service area is valid by transmitting the fourteenth identification information. More specifically, the AMF transmits the fourteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, so that the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the LADN information indicated by the twelfth identification information is valid. May be indicated.
- the AMF may determine whether to transmit the fourteenth identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, the AMF may transmit the fourteenth identification information to the UE when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF may not need to transmit the fourteenth identification information to the UE.
- the AMF transmits the eleventh identification information, together with the twelfth identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, so that the extended LADN information, and / or It may indicate that the extended LADN service area can be used, and may notify the available LADN information and / or the LADN service area information.
- the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area
- the twelfth identification information may be extended LADN information.
- the AMF transmits the eleventh identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information, and does not transmit the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information. And / or may indicate that use of the extended LADN service area is not possible.
- the AMF transmits the eleventh identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information, and does not transmit the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, so that the conventional LADN information, and It may indicate that a conventional LADN service area can be used, and may notify the available LADN information and / or LADN service area information.
- the eleventh identification information may be information indicating that expansion of the LADN service area is not supported, and the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
- the AMF transmits the twelfth identification information, the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or does not transmit the fourteenth identification information, thereby expanding the LADN information, and It may indicate that the use of the extended LADN service area is not possible.
- the AMF transmits the twelfth identification information, the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or by not transmitting the fourteenth identification information, the conventional LADN information, and It may indicate that a conventional LADN service area can be used, and may notify the available LADN information and / or LADN service area information.
- the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
- the AMF determines which identification information among the identification information of the eleventh to fourteenth to be included in the registration acceptance message by each received identification information and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or Alternatively, the selection and the determination may be made based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or a context held by the AMF.
- the AMF can also transmit an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment acceptance message) in the registration acceptance message, or send an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment acceptance message) together with the registration acceptance message.
- this transmission method may be executed when an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true. Further, this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included together with the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true.
- the AMF can indicate that the procedure for the SM has been accepted in the registration procedure.
- the AMF receives the received identification information, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or
- the registration acceptance message may be transmitted based on the context or the like held by the AMF to indicate that the request from the UE has been accepted.
- the AMF may transmit the registration acceptance message including information indicating that some requests of the UE have been rejected, or may transmit information indicating that some requests of the UE have been rejected. Doing so may indicate why some of the UE's requests were rejected. Further, the UE may recognize why some of the UE's requests were rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests were rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
- the UE receives the registration acceptance message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S808).
- the UE can recognize that the request of the UE by the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various kinds of identification information included in the registration acceptance message.
- the UE can further transmit a registration completion message to the AMF via 5G @ AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S810).
- the registration completion message may be transmitted including the SM message such as the PDU session establishment completion message, or by including the SM message.
- SM may be completed.
- the registration completion message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, and is transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G @ AN (gNB) by being included in the RRC message.
- the AMF receives the registration completion message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S810).
- each device completes the procedure of FIG. 6A based on transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message.
- the AMF transmits a registration rejection (Registration @ reject) message to the UE via 5G @ AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S812).
- the registration rejection message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, but is transmitted and received between the UE and 5G @ AN (gNB) by being included in the RRC message.
- the AMF may transmit the registration reject message to indicate that the UE request by the registration request message has been rejected. Further, the AMF may transmit the registration rejection message with information indicating the reason for the rejection, or may indicate the reason for the rejection by transmitting the reason for the rejection. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why the request of the UE was rejected by receiving information indicating the reason why the request of the UE was rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
- the UE receives the registration reject message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S812).
- the UE can recognize that the request of the UE by the registration request message has been rejected and the contents of various identification information included in the registration rejection message. Further, the UE may recognize that the request of the UE has been rejected if the UE does not receive the registration rejection message even after a predetermined period has elapsed after transmitting the registration request message.
- Each device completes the procedure (B) in this procedure based on the transmission and reception of the registration rejection message.
- the procedure shown in FIG. 6B may be started when the procedure shown in FIG. 6A is stopped.
- the AMF may transmit a registration rejection message including an SM message indicating rejection such as a PDU session establishment rejection message. Including a SM message indicating rejection may indicate that the procedure for SM has been rejected.
- the UE may further receive an SM message indicating rejection, such as a PDU session establishment rejection message, or recognize that the procedure for SM has been rejected.
- Each device completes the registration procedure based on the completion of the procedure of (A) or (B) in FIG.
- each device may transition to a state where the UE is registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the procedure of (A) in FIG. 6, or may complete the procedure of (B) in FIG.
- the UE may maintain a state in which the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED @ state), or may transition to a state in which the UE is not registered in the network.
- the transition of each device to each state may be performed based on completion of a registration procedure, or may be performed based on establishment of a PDU session.
- each device may execute a process based on information transmitted and received in the registration procedure based on completion of the registration procedure. For example, when information indicating that some requests of the UE are rejected is transmitted and received, the reason why the request of the UE was rejected may be recognized. Furthermore, each device may perform this procedure again based on the reason that the request of the UE has been rejected, or may perform the registration procedure for the core network_B or another cell.
- the UE may store the identification information received together with the registration acceptance message and / or the registration rejection message, or may recognize the network decision.
- the UE when receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the network supports the extension of the LADN service area. Further, when receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the use of the extension of the LADN service area is permitted. In other words, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information, not only the area configured by one or more tracking areas, but also the area different from the area configured by one or more tracking areas, the LADN service It may be recognized that it can be set as an area, or that it can be used as a LADN service area. When receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that it is possible to change the LADN service area depending on time. In these cases, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. Further, in these cases, the UE may use the extended LADN information, and / or the extended LADN service area to establish a PDU session for the LADN or to communicate with the LADN. Is also good.
- the UE Conversely, if the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or does not receive the eleventh identification information, the network supports the extension of the LADN service area. You may recognize that it is not. Further, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or does not receive the eleventh identification information, the use of the extension of the LADN service area is permitted. You may recognize that there is not. In other words, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, or does not receive the eleventh identification information, the UE is configured by one or more tracking areas.
- the UE may use the conventional LADN information and / or the conventional LADN service area to establish a PDU session for the LADN or to communicate with the LADN.
- the UE may recognize that the network supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area. Furthermore, when receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the use of the extension of the LADN service area is restricted. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for use restriction of extension of the LADN service area.
- the UE when the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or when the network does not receive the eleventh identification information, the network extends the LADN service area. It may recognize that it does not support the use restriction of. Further, if the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or if the UE does not receive the eleventh identification information, the use of the extension of the LADN service area is not performed. You may recognize that you are not restricted. When the use of the extension of the LADN service area is restricted, the UE may be prohibited from using the extended LADN service area.
- the UE may recognize that the network supports LADN, or may recognize that connection to the LADN has been permitted. Furthermore, the UE, when receiving the twelfth identification information, may recognize a list of DNNs available for connection to the LADN, and / or a LADN service area that is an area where connection to the LADN is possible. And may be stored in context. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize or store one or more S-NSSAIs available for connection to the LADN in the context.
- the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI available for connection to the LADN and the DNN available for connection to the LADN, and / or the LADN service area are associated, May be stored in the context in association with the S-NSSAI available in the connection to the DDN and / or the LADN service area available in the connection to the LADN.
- the UE when receiving the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize that a PDU session for the LADN associated with the received LADNLADNN can be established, or the received LADN S- It may recognize that a PDU session for the LADN associated with NSSAI can be established. Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize that a PDU session for the LADN associated with the received combination of LADN DNN and LADN S-NSSAI can be established. .
- the UE may recognize that the LADN service area is an area in which a PDU session for the LADN associated with LADN DNN can be established. However, it may recognize that the PDU session for the LADN associated with the LADN @ S-NSSAI can be established. Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the received LADN service area is an area where a PDU session for the LADN associated with the combination of LADN DNN and LADN S-NSSAI can be established. You may recognize that.
- the UE may recognize the granularity of the LADN service area. More specifically, the UE, together with the twelfth identification information, when receiving the thirteenth identification information, may recognize the granularity of the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the twelfth identification information, Alternatively, it may be stored in the context in association with the LADN service area information.
- the UE when receiving the thirteenth identification information, as the granularity of the LADN service area, the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information, by one or more tracking areas It may be recognized that the area is an area configured by the user or may be recognized as an area different from an area configured by one or more tracking areas. Furthermore, the UE, together with the twelfth identification information, when receiving the thirteenth identification information, may recognize that the tracking area ID list is included as the LADN service area information, or RAN assists It may recognize that necessary information is included, or may recognize that information that does not require RAN assistance is included.
- the UE may use the default granularity as the granularity of the LADN service area. Further, even if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, if the thirteenth identification information is invalid information, and / or if the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, The 13th identification information may be ignored, or the default granularity may be used as the granularity of the LADN service area.
- the default granularity may be a granularity preset in the UE or a granularity indicated by information previously received from the network.
- the LADN service area may be an area configured by one or more tracking areas, and the LADN service area information may be a tracking area ID list.
- the UE stores the granularity of the LADN service area in the context in association with the information indicating the LADN for each information indicating the LADN. May be. Furthermore, when a plurality of LADN service area information is included in the twelfth identification information, the UE stores the granularity of the LADN service area in the context in association with the LADN service area information for each of the LADN service area information. May be.
- the UE may recognize a period during which the LADN service area is valid. More specifically, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, the UE recognizes the period during which the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the twelfth identification information is valid. May be stored in the context in association with the LADN service area information.
- the UE may use the default period as a period during which the LADN service area is valid when the UE does not receive the fourteenth identification information. Further, even if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, if the fourteenth identification information is invalid information, and / or if the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, The fourteenth identification information may be ignored, or a default period may be used as a period during which the LADN service area is valid.
- the default period may be a period preset in the UE or a period indicated by information previously received from the network. Further, the default period may be a period until the LADN information is updated.
- the UE associates the period during which the LADN service area is valid with the information indicating the LADN for each information indicating the LADN. It may be stored in the context. Further, when the plurality of LADN service area information is included in the twelfth identification information, the UE associates the period during which the LADN service area is valid with the LADN service area information for each of the LADN service area information. It may be stored in the context.
- the UE when receiving the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, extended LADN information, and / or extended It may recognize that the used LADN service area can be used, and may store the available LADN information and / or the LADN service area information in the context. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the received LADN information is the extended LADN information, or may store the received LADN information in the context as the extended LADN information.
- the UE may recognize that the LADN service area indicated by the received LADN service area information is an extended LADN service area, or the received LADN service area information, It may be stored in the context as LADN service area information indicating the area.
- the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area, and the twelfth identification information may be extended LADN information.
- the UE receives the eleventh identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information, and does not receive the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information.
- Received the identification information of the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or did not receive the fourteenth identification information, the extended LADN information, and / or the extended LADN It may be recognized that use of the service area is not possible. Further, the UE, in this case, may recognize that it is possible to use the conventional LADN information, and / or the conventional LADN service area, and may use the available LADN information, and / or the LADN service area. Information may be stored in context.
- the UE may recognize that the received LADN information is conventional LADN information, or may store the received LADN information in the context as conventional LADN information. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the LADN service area indicated by the received LADN service area information is the conventional LADN service area, or the received LADN service area information may be used to identify the conventional LADN service area. It may be stored in the context as the indicated LADN service area information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating that extension of the LADN service area is not supported, and the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
- the UE may recognize that it is possible to use the conventional LADN information, and / or the conventional LADN service area, and may use the available LADN information, and / or the LADN service area.
- Information may be stored in context. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the received LADN information is conventional LADN information, or may store the received LADN information in the context as conventional LADN information.
- the UE may recognize that the LADN service area indicated by the received LADN service area information is the conventional LADN service area, or the received LADN service area information may be used to identify the conventional LADN service area. It may be stored in the context as the indicated LADN service area information. In this case, the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
- the UE receives at least the twelfth identification information, and may recognize that it is possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN if the UE is located in the LADN service area indicated by the received information.
- a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the LADN may be started.
- the UE receives at least the twelfth identification information, and recognizes that it is not possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN when located outside the LADN service area indicated by the received information.
- a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN may be prohibited.
- the UE initiates a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the LADN based on the update of the LADN information and / or the determination of whether or not the UE is located in the LADN service area. Is also good. Specifically, the UE may initiate a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN based on a determination that the UE is located within a LADN service area. Conversely, each device may release or be associated with a PDU session for LADN based on the determination that the UE is located outside the LADN service area. User plane resources may be released.
- the determination whether the UE is located in the LADN service area may be performed based on the extended LADN service area, or may be performed based on the conventional LADN service area. .
- each device when each device stores the extended LADN service area, each device performs a determination as to whether the UE is in the LADN service area based on the extended LADN service area. Is also good.
- each device may perform a determination whether the UE is in the LADN service area based on the conventional LADN service area. .
- the stored LADN service area is a tracking area ID list
- the LADN service area information stored by the UE and the tracking area ID acquired from the RAN are compared, and the LADN service area May be determined.
- the UE recognizes that the UE is located in the LADN service area when the tracking area ID acquired from the RAN is included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, and stores the UE. May be.
- the tracking area ID obtained from the RAN is not included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, the UE recognizes that the UE is located outside the LADN service area, and stores the UE. Is also good.
- the stored LADN service area is information that requires RAN assistance
- the LADN service area information stored by the UE and the information obtained from the RAN based on a comparison of the LADN service area
- the UE recognizes that the UE is located in the LADN service area when the information obtained from the RAN is included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, and stores the information. Is also good.
- the UE may recognize and store that the UE is located outside the LADN service area. .
- the LADN service area information stored by the UE is compared with information obtained from a source other than the RAN. It may be determined whether or not it is located in the area. Specifically, the UE recognizes and stores that the UE is located in the LADN service area when the information obtained from other than the RAN is included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE. May be. Conversely, the UE recognizes that the UE is located outside the LADN service area when the information acquired from other than the RAN is not included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, and may store the information. Good.
- the determination whether the UE is located in the LADN service area may be performed based on transmission / reception of a control message transmitted from the network to the UE. Specifically, the UE may recognize and store that the UE is located in the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Conversely, the UE may recognize and store that the UE is located outside the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network.
- the control message transmitted from the network to the UE may be, for example, a control message for LCS (Location @ Services). Note that the determination of whether the UE is located in the LADN service area is not limited to these.
- the UE may recognize that it is possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN within a period in which the LADN service area is valid, or a PDU session for establishing a PDU session for the LADN.
- the establishment procedure may be started.
- the UE may recognize that it is not possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN outside the period in which the LADN service area is valid, or may configure the PDU to establish a PDU session for the LADN.
- the session establishment procedure may be prohibited.
- the UE may start a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the LADN based on the update of the LADN information and / or the determination of the activation of the LADN service area. Specifically, the UE may start a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN based on the activation of the LADN service area. Conversely, each device may release a PDU session for the LADN established in association with the invalidated LADN service area based on the invalidation of the LADN service area, The user plane resources associated with the PDU session may be released.
- the determination of the activation of the LADN service area may be performed based on information indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid. Specifically, the UE, the period during which the LADN service area is valid, and the current time are compared. If the current time is within the period during which the LADN service area is valid, the LADN service area is valid. May be determined. Conversely, the UE and the period during which the LADN service area is valid are compared with the current time. If the current time is outside the period during which the LADN service area is valid, it is determined that the LADN service area is invalid. May be. Further, the UE may activate the associated LADN service area based on the start of a period during which the LADN service area indicated by the received information is valid. Conversely, the UE may invalidate the associated LADN service area based on the end of the period during which the LADN service area indicated by the received information is valid.
- the decision to activate the LADN service area may be made based on the reception of a control message from the network. Specifically, when receiving the control message from the network, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is valid. Further, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is not valid when it is not possible to receive a control message from the network. Conversely, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is not valid when receiving the reception of the control message from the network. Further, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is valid when it is not possible to receive a control message from the network. Further, the UE may activate the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Conversely, the UE may invalidate the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Note that the determination of the activation of the LADN service area is not limited to these.
- the PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure in 5GS.
- each device can start the PDU session establishment procedure at an arbitrary timing when the registration procedure is completed and the apparatus enters the registration state.
- each device may be able to execute a PDU session establishment procedure in a registration procedure.
- each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure.
- the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure initiated by the UE or a procedure initiated by the UE.
- Each device can establish a plurality of PDU sessions by executing the PDU session establishment procedure a plurality of times.
- each step of the PDU session establishment procedure will be briefly described.
- the UE starts a PDU session establishment procedure by transmitting a PDU session establishment request (PDU @ session @ establishment @ request) message to the SMF via the AMF. Further, the UE receives a PDU session establishment acceptance (PDU @ session @ establishment @ accept) message from the SMF via the AMF. Further, the UE may transmit a PDU session establishment completion (PDU @ session @ establishment @ complete) message based on the reception of the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Further, the UE may complete the PDU session establishment procedure by receiving a PDU session establishment acceptance message and / or transmitting a PDU session establishment completion message. Further, each device may establish a PDU session based on completion of the PDU session establishment procedure.
- the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request message.
- the PDU session establishment completion message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
- the UE includes, in the PDU session establishment request message, a LADN that is a DNN available for connection to the LADN. You may transmit including DNN. Further, if the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN, the UE is an S-NSSAI available in the connection to the LADN in the PDU session establishment request message. LADN @ S-NSSAI may be transmitted, or S-NSSAI associated with LADN @ DNN may be transmitted.
- the UE may select LADN DNN to be included in the PDU session establishment request message from the LADN DNN included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, or the UE may store the The LADN @ DNN to be included in the PDU session establishment request message may be selected from the existing LADN @ DNNs. Further, the UE may select LADN S-NSSAI to be included in the PDU session establishment request message from the LADN S-NSSAI included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, or the UE may store the The LADN @ S-NSSAI to be included in the PDU session establishment request message may be selected from the available LADN @ S-NSSAIs. Further, the UE may select the S-NSSAI associated with the LADN DNN to be included in the PDU session establishment request message, and include the selected S-NSSAI in the PDU session establishment request message.
- LADN DNN if a plurality of LADN DNN is included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, and / or if a plurality of LADN DNNs are stored, the UE performs the LADN service area information, And / or LADN @ DNN may be selected based on the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid, and the selected LADN @ DNN may be included in the PDU session establishment request message and transmitted.
- LADN S-NSSAI may be selected, and the selected LADN S-NSSAI may be included in the PDU session establishment request message and transmitted.
- UE selects the information indicating the LADN based on the LADN service area information and / or the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid, and selects the LADN DNN and / or the LADN S included in the information indicating the selected LADN.
- -NSSAI may be included in the PDU session establishment request message and transmitted.
- the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN
- each device establishes a PDU session for an LADN based on completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. You may.
- each device performs a registration procedure started by the UE.
- each device establishes a PDU session by performing the UE-initiated PDU session establishment procedure, and transitions to a state in which communication using the PDU session can be performed between the UE and the DN.
- each device transmits and receives user data using the PDU session.
- the procedure of the present embodiment is completed.
- each device may exchange support information for extending the LADN service area and / or LADN information between the UE and the network in the registration procedure.
- each device may establish a PDU session for the LADN between the UE and the network based on the information exchanged in the registration procedure.
- the PDU session for the LADN may be a PDU session that can be established only when the UE is located in a specific area.
- the specific area may be, for example, a LADN service area.
- each device may execute user data communication with the LADN by using the established PDU session. Further, each device may release the established PDU session based on the update of the LADN information and / or a change in the state of the LADN service area, or may release the user plane associated with the established PDU session. Resources may be released.
- the program that operates on the device according to the present invention may be a program that controls a Central Processing Unit (CPU) and the like to cause a computer to function so as to realize the functions of the embodiment according to the present invention.
- the program or information handled by the program is temporarily stored in a volatile memory such as a random access memory (RAM), a nonvolatile memory such as a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD), or another storage device system.
- RAM random access memory
- HDD hard disk drive
- a program for realizing the functions of the embodiment according to the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium.
- the program may be realized by causing a computer system to read and execute the program recorded on the recording medium.
- the “computer system” is a computer system built in the device, and includes an operating system and hardware such as peripheral devices.
- the “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, or another computer-readable recording medium. Is also good.
- Each functional block or various features of the apparatus used in the above-described embodiments may be implemented or executed by an electric circuit, for example, an integrated circuit or a plurality of integrated circuits.
- Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other Logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or a combination thereof.
- a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or may be a conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
- the above-mentioned electric circuit may be constituted by a digital circuit or an analog circuit.
- one or more aspects of the present invention can use a new integrated circuit based on the technology.
- the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
- an example of the device is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and stationary or non-movable electronic devices installed indoors and outdoors, for example, AV devices, kitchen devices It can be applied to terminal devices or communication devices such as cleaning / washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other living equipment.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides a communication means for realizing extension of a function for providing connectivity to a local area data network (LADN) in 5GS. The present invention provides a communication means for enabling extension of the function for providing connectivity to a local area data network (LADN) in 5GS. Further, the present invention provides a communication means for, when the function for providing connectivity to the LADN is extendable, enabling the extended function for providing connectivity to a LAND to be used between a user device and the network.
Description
本開示は、ユーザ装置、制御装置、及び通信制御方法に関する。本願は、2018年6月25日に日本に出願された特願2018-119582号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present disclosure relates to a user device, a control device, and a communication control method. Priority is claimed on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-119582, filed on June 25, 2018, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project)では、次世代、すなわち第5世代(5G)の移動通信システムである5GS(5G System)のシステムアーキテクチャについての検討が開始されており、新しい手続きや新しい機能のサポートについて議論が行われている(非特許文献1及び非特許文献2参照)。
The 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) has begun studying the 5GS (5G System) system architecture, which is the next generation (5G) mobile communication system, and will support new procedures and new functions. Discussion has been made (see Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2).
例えば、多種多様なサービスに応じた、継続的な移動通信サービスをサポートする為の通信手続きの最適化及び多様化や、通信手続きの最適化及び多様化に合わせたシステムアーキテクチャの最適化等も要求条件として挙げられている。
For example, it is necessary to optimize and diversify communication procedures to support continuous mobile communication services in accordance with a wide variety of services, and to optimize system architecture in accordance with optimization and diversification of communication procedures. It is listed as a condition.
5GS(5G System)では、多種多様なサービスを提供するために、新たなコアネットワークである5GCN(5G Core Network)が検討されている。尚、5GSでは、LADN(Local Area Data Network)への接続性を提供するための機能等の新しい機能がサポートされている。
In 5GS (5G System), 5GCN (5G Core Network), which is a new core network, is being studied in order to provide various services. Note that 5GS supports new functions such as a function for providing connectivity to LADN (Local Area Data Network).
5GSでは、LADNへの接続性を提供するための機能等の新しい機能を、さらに拡張する検討も始められている。しかし、LADNへの接続性を提供するための機能の拡張を実現する際、新しい手続きや新しい機能をどのように用いて5GSで実現するかは明確になっていない。
At 5GS, studies are underway to further expand new functions, such as functions for providing connectivity to LADN. However, it is unclear how new procedures and new features will be implemented in 5GS when implementing extensions to provide connectivity to LADN.
本発明の一態様は、以上のような事情を鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、5GSにおけるLADNへの接続性を提供するための機能の拡張の実現方法を提供することである。
One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a method for realizing an extension of a function for providing connectivity to a LADN in 5GS.
本発明の一実施形態のユーザ装置は、送受信部と制御部とを備え、前記制御部は、登録手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージを制御装置に送信し、登録受諾メッセージを前記制御装置から受信し、前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、前記制御部は、前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定することを特徴とするユーザ装置。
The user device of one embodiment of the present invention includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit, wherein the control unit transmits a registration request message to the control device in a registration procedure, and receives a registration acceptance message from the control device, The registration request message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message indicates whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported. Contains information B indicating, the control unit, if the information B indicates that does not support the extension of the LADN service area, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, as the LADN service area Setting, and if the information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the one or more tracking errors The user apparatus characterized by setting the different areas, as said LADN service area and the area formed by A.
本発明の一実施形態の制御装置は、送受信部と制御部とを備え、前記制御部は、登録手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージをユーザ装置から受信し、登録受諾メッセージを前記ユーザ装置に送信し、前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、前記制御部は、前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、前記登録受諾メッセージは、さらに、前記LADNサービスエリアを示す情報Cを含むことを特徴とする。
The control device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit, wherein the control unit receives a registration request message from the user device in a registration procedure, and transmits a registration acceptance message to the user device, The registration request message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message indicates whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported. Including the information B indicating, the control unit, when the information A indicates that does not support the extension of the LADN service area, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, as the LADN service area Setting, if the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the one or more tracking The different areas are to be composed area by the rear, it is set as the LADN service area, the registration acceptance message further comprising information C indicating the LADN service area.
本発明の一実施形態のユーザ装置の通信制御方法は、登録手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージを制御装置に送信するステップと、登録受諾メッセージを前記制御装置から受信するステップとを有し、前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、前記ユーザ装置は、前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定することを特徴とする。
A communication control method for a user apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a step of transmitting a registration request message to a control apparatus in a registration procedure, and a step of receiving a registration acceptance message from the control apparatus. The message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message includes information indicating whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported. B, the user equipment, if the information B indicates that does not support the extension of the LADN service area, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, set as the LADN service area, The information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported; The different areas are to be composed area by ring area, and sets as the LADN service area.
本発明の一実施形態の制御装置の通信制御方法は、登録手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージをユーザ装置から受信するステップと、登録受諾メッセージを前記ユーザ装置に送信するステップとを有し、前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、前記制御装置は、前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、前記登録受諾メッセージは、さらに、前記LADNサービスエリアを示す情報Cを含むことを特徴とする。
The communication control method of the control device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a step of receiving a registration request message from a user device in a registration procedure, and a step of transmitting a registration acceptance message to the user device. The message includes information A indicating whether the extension of the Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported, and the registration acceptance message includes information indicating whether the extension of the LADN service area is supported. B, the control device, if the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, an area configured by one or more tracking areas, set as the LADN service area, If the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the one or more The different areas are to be composed area by ring area, it is set as the LADN service area, the registration acceptance message further comprising information C indicating the LADN service area.
本発明の一態様によれば、5GSにおいて、LADNへの接続性を提供するための機能の拡張を実現することが可能となり、さらに、拡張されたLADNへの接続性を提供するための機能を使用することが可能となる。
According to one aspect of the present invention, in 5GS, it is possible to realize an extension of a function for providing connectivity to a LADN, and furthermore, a function for providing connectivity to an extended LADN is provided. It can be used.
図面を参照しながら、本発明を実施する為の最良の形態について、説明する。
最 良 The best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[1. システムの概要]
まず、図1は、各実施形態で使用される移動通信システム1の概略を説明する為の図であり、図2は、その移動通信システム1の詳細構成を説明する為の図である。 [1. System Overview]
First, FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
まず、図1は、各実施形態で使用される移動通信システム1の概略を説明する為の図であり、図2は、その移動通信システム1の詳細構成を説明する為の図である。 [1. System Overview]
First, FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an outline of a mobile communication system 1 used in each embodiment, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a detailed configuration of the mobile communication system 1.
図1には、移動通信システム1は、UE_A10、アクセスネットワーク_A80、コアネットワーク_A90、PDN(Packet Data Network)_A5、アクセスネットワーク_B120、コアネットワーク_B190、DN(Data Network)_A6により構成されることが記載されている。
In FIG. 1, the mobile communication system 1 includes UE_A10, access network_A80, core network_A90, PDN (Packet Data Network) _A5, access network _B120, core network _B190, and DN (Data Network) _A6. Is described.
以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DN等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。
In the following, these devices and functions may be described with symbols omitted, such as UE, access network_A, core network_A, PDN, access network_B, core network_B, DN, etc. .
また、図2には、UE_A10、E-UTRAN80、MME40、SGW35、PGW-U30、PGW-C32、PCRF60、HSS50、5G AN120、AMF140、UPF130、SMF132、PCF160、UDM150等の装置・機能、及びこれらの装置・機能を互いに接続するインターフェースが記載されている。
FIG. 2 also shows devices and functions such as UE_A10, E-UTRAN80, MME40, SGW35, PGW-U30, PGW-C32, PCRF60, HSS50, 5G 、 AN120, AMF140, UPF130, SMF132, PCF160, UDM150, and the like. An interface for connecting devices and functions to each other is described.
以下では、これらの装置・機能について、UE、E-UTRAN、MME、SGW、PGW-U、PGW-C、PCRF、HSS、5G AN、AMF、UPF、SMF、PCF、UDM等のように、記号を省略して記載する場合がある。
In the following, these devices and functions, such as UE, E-UTRAN, MME, SGW, PGW-U, PGW-C, PCRF, HSS, 5G AN, AMF, UPF, SMF, PCF, UDM, etc. May be omitted.
尚、4GシステムであるEPS(Evolved Packet System)は、アクセスネットワーク_A及びコアネットワーク_Aを含んで構成されるが、さらにUE及び/又はPDNが含まれても良い。また、5Gシステムである5GS(5G System)は、UE、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを含んで構成されるが、さらにDNが含まれても良い。
Note that an EPS (Evolved Packet System), which is a 4G system, includes an access network_A and a core network_A, but may further include a UE and / or a PDN. Further, 5GS (5G @ System), which is a 5G system, includes a UE, an access network_B, and a core network_B, but may further include a DN.
UEは、3GPPアクセス(3GPPアクセスネットワーク、3GPP ANとも称する)及び/又はnon-3GPPアクセス(non-3GPPアクセスネットワーク、non-3GPP ANとも称する)を介して、ネットワークサービスに対して接続可能な装置である。UEは、携帯電話やスマートフォン等の無線通信が可能な端末装置であってよく、EPSにも5GSにも接続可能な端末装置であってよい。UEは、UICC(Universal Integrated Circuit Card)やeUICC(Embedded UICC)を備えてもよい。尚、UEのことをユーザ装置と表現してもよいし、端末装置と表現してもよい。
UE is a device that can be connected to a network service through 3GPP access (3GPP access network, also referred to as 3GPP AN) and / or non-3GPP access (non-3GPP access network, also referred to as non-3GPP AN). is there. The UE may be a terminal device capable of wireless communication, such as a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a terminal device that can be connected to both EPS and 5GS. The UE may include a UICC (Universal Integrated Circuit Card) or an eUICC (Embedded UICC). Note that UE may be expressed as a user device or a terminal device.
また、アクセスネットワーク_Aは、E-UTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network)及び/又は無線LANアクセスネットワークに対応する。E-UTRANには、1以上のeNB(evolved Node B)45が配置される。尚、以下では、eNB45は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。また、複数のeNBがある場合は、各eNBは、例えばX2インターフェースにより、互いに接続されている。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークには、1以上のアクセスポイントが配置される。
The access network_A corresponds to E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and / or a wireless LAN access network. One or more eNBs (evolved @ Node @ B) 45 are arranged in the E-UTRAN. In the following, eNB45 may be described by omitting a symbol like eNB. When there are a plurality of eNBs, the eNBs are connected to each other by, for example, an X2 interface. One or more access points are arranged in the wireless LAN access network.
また、アクセスネットワーク_Bは、5Gアクセスネットワーク(5G AN)に対応する。5G ANは、NG-RAN(NG Radio Access Network)及び/又はnon-3GPP アクセスネットワークで構成される。NG-RANには、1以上のgNB(NR NodeB)122が配置される。尚、以下では、gNB122は、eNBのように記号を省略して記載する場合がある。gNBは、NR(New Radio)ユーザプレーンと制御プレーンをUEに提供するノードであり、5GCNに対してNGインターフェース(N2インターフェース又はN3インターフェースを含む)を介して接続するノードである。すなわち、gNBは、5GSのために新たに設計された基地局装置であり、4GシステムであるEPSで使用されていた基地局装置(eNB)とは異なる機能を有する。また、複数のgNBがある場合は、各gNBは、例えばXnインターフェースにより、互いに接続している。
ア ク セ ス The access network_B corresponds to a 5G access network (5G AN). The 5G AN is configured with an NG-RAN (NG Radio Access Network) and / or a non-3GPP access network. One or more gNBs (NR NodeB) 122 are arranged in the NG-RAN. In the following, gNB122 may be described by omitting the symbol like eNB. The gNB is a node that provides an NR (New @ Radio) user plane and a control plane to the UE, and is a node that connects to 5GCN via an NG interface (including an N2 interface or an N3 interface). That is, the gNB is a base station device newly designed for 5GS, and has a function different from that of the base station device (eNB) used in EPS that is a 4G system. When there are a plurality of gNBs, the gNBs are connected to each other by, for example, an Xn interface.
また、以下では、E-UTRANやNG-RANは、3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、無線LANアクセスネットワークやnon-3GPP ANは、non-3GPPアクセスと称することがある。また、アクセスネットワーク_Bに配置されるノードを、まとめてNG-RANノードとも称することがある。
In the following, E-UTRAN and NG-RAN may be referred to as 3GPP access. Also, a wireless LAN access network or non-3GPP @ AN may be referred to as non-3GPP access. Also, the nodes arranged in the access network_B may be collectively referred to as NG-RAN nodes.
また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、アクセスネットワーク、又はアクセスネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。
In the following, the access network_A, and / or the access network_B, and / or the device included in the access network_A, and / or the device included in the access network_B are the access network or the access network device. In some cases.
また、コアネットワーク_Aは、EPC(Evolved Packet Core)に対応する。EPCには、例えば、MME(Mobility Management Entity)、SGW(Serving Gateway)、PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway)-U、PGW-C、PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function)、HSS(Home Subscriber Server)等が配置される。
{Core network_A} corresponds to EPC (Evolved @ Packet @ Core). EPC, for example, MME (Mobility Management Entity), SGW (Serving Gateway), PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway) -U, PGW-C, PCRF (Policy and Charging Rule Rules Function), HSS (Home Subscriber Server) and the like Be placed.
また、コアネットワーク_Bは、5GCN(5G Core Network)に対応する。5GCNには、例えば、AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function)、UPF(User Plane Function)、SMF(Session Management Function)、PCF(Policy Control Function)、UDM(Unified Data Management)等が配置される。ここで、5GCNは、5GCと表現されてもよい。
コ ア Also, the core network_B corresponds to 5GCN (5G Core Network). In the 5GCN, for example, AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function), UPF (User Plane Function), SMF (Session Management Function), PCF (Policy Control Function), UDM (Unified Data Management) and the like are arranged. Here, 5GCN may be expressed as 5GC.
また、以下では、コアネットワーク_A、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_Aに含まれる装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク_Bに含まれる装置は、コアネットワーク、又はコアネットワーク装置と称する場合がある。
In the following, the core network _A, and / or the core network _B, the device included in the core network _A, and / or the device included in the core network _B may be referred to as a core network or a core network device. There is.
コアネットワーク(コアネットワーク_A及び/又はコアネットワーク_B)は、アクセスネットワーク(アクセスネットワーク_A及び/又はアクセスネットワーク_B)と、PDN及び/又はDNとを接続した移動体通信事業者(Mobile Network Operator; MNO)が運用するIP移動通信ネットワークの事であってもよいし、移動通信システム1を運用、管理する移動体通信事業者の為のコアネットワークでもよいし、MVNO(Mobile Virtual Network Operator)、MVNE(Mobile Virtual Network Enabler)等の仮想移動通信事業者や仮想移動体通信サービス提供者の為のコアネットワークでもよい。
The core network (core network_A and / or core network_B) is a mobile communication carrier (Mobile Network) that connects an access network (access network_A and / or access network_B) with a PDN and / or DN. The network may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a Network Operator (MNO), a core network for a mobile communication carrier that operates and manages the mobile communication system 1, or an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator). ), A virtual network such as MVNE (Mobile Virtual Network Enabler) or a core network for a virtual mobile communication service provider.
また、図1では、PDNとDNが同一である場合が記載されているが、異なっていても良い。PDNは、UEに通信サービスを提供するDN(Data Network)であってよい。尚、DNは、パケットデータサービス網として構成されてもよいし、サービス毎に構成されてもよい。さらに、PDNは、接続された通信端末を含んでもよい。従って、PDNと接続する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置と接続する事であってもよい。さらに、PDNとの間でユーザデータを送受信する事は、PDNに配置された通信端末やサーバ装置とユーザデータを送受信する事であってもよい。尚、PDNのことをDNと表現してもよいし、DNのことをPDNと表現してもよい。
Also, FIG. 1 describes a case where the PDN and the DN are the same, but they may be different. The PDN may be a DN (Data @ Network) that provides a communication service to the UE. Note that the DN may be configured as a packet data service network, or may be configured for each service. Further, the PDN may include a connected communication terminal. Therefore, connecting to a PDN may be connecting to a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Further, transmitting / receiving user data to / from the PDN may be transmitting / receiving user data to / from a communication terminal or server device arranged in the PDN. Note that PDN may be expressed as DN, or DN may be expressed as PDN.
また、以下では、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と呼称する場合がある。つまり、ネットワーク及び/又はネットワーク装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行するということは、アクセスネットワーク_A、コアネットワーク_A、PDN、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNの少なくとも一部、及び/又はこれらに含まれる1以上の装置が、メッセージを送受信する、及び/又は手続きを実行することを意味する。
In the following, an access network _A, a core network _A, a PDN, an access network _B, a core network _B, at least a part of a DN, and / or one or more devices included therein are referred to as a network or a network device. In some cases. That is, the fact that the network and / or the network device sends and receives messages and / or executes procedures means that the access network _A, the core network _A, the PDN, the access network _B, the core network _B, the DN At least some, and / or one or more devices included therein, may send and receive messages and / or perform procedures.
また、UEは、アクセスネットワークに接続することができる。また、UEは、アクセスネットワークを介して、コアネットワークと接続する事ができる。さらに、UEは、アクセスネットワーク及びコアネットワークを介して、PDN又はDNに接続する事ができる。すなわち、UEは、PDN又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータを送受信(通信)する事ができる。ユーザデータを送受信する際は、IP(Internet Protocol)通信だけでなく、non-IP通信を用いてもよい。
UE The UE can also connect to the access network. Further, the UE can be connected to the core network via the access network. Further, the UE can connect to the PDN or DN via the access network and the core network. That is, the UE can transmit / receive (communicate) user data to / from the PDN or DN. When transmitting and receiving user data, not only IP (Internet Protocol) communication but also non-IP communication may be used.
ここで、IP通信とは、IPを用いたデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットにより、データの送受信が行われる。IPパケットは、IPヘッダとペイロード部で構成される。ペイロード部には、EPSに含まれる装置・機能や、5GSに含まれる装置・機能が送受信するデータが含まれてよい。また、non-IP通信とは、IPを用いないデータ通信の事であり、IPパケットの構造とは異なる形式により、データの送受信が行われる。例えば、non-IP通信は、IPヘッダが付与されていないアプリケーションデータの送受信によって実現されるデータ通信でもよいし、マックヘッダやEthernet(登録商標)フレームヘッダ等の別のヘッダを付与してUEが送受信するユーザデータを送受信してもよい。
IPHere, IP communication is data communication using IP, and data is transmitted and received by IP packets. An IP packet is composed of an IP header and a payload. The payload section may include devices / functions included in EPS and data transmitted / received by devices / functions included in 5GS. Non-IP communication is data communication without using IP, and data is transmitted and received in a format different from the structure of an IP packet. For example, non-IP communication may be data communication realized by transmission and reception of application data to which an IP header has not been added, or may have another header such as a Mac header or an Ethernet (registered trademark) frame header and be transmitted by the UE. User data to be transmitted and received may be transmitted and received.
[2. 各装置の構成]
次に、各実施形態で使用される各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)の構成について、図を用いて説明する。尚、各装置は、物理的なハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、汎用的なハードウェア上に構成された論理的な(仮想的な)ハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。また、各装置の持つ機能の少なくとも一部(全部を含む)が、物理的なハードウェア、論理的なハードウェア、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。 [2. Configuration of each device]
Next, the configuration of each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) used in each embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. Each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. May be. Further, at least a part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
次に、各実施形態で使用される各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)の構成について、図を用いて説明する。尚、各装置は、物理的なハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、汎用的なハードウェア上に構成された論理的な(仮想的な)ハードウェアとして構成されても良いし、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。また、各装置の持つ機能の少なくとも一部(全部を含む)が、物理的なハードウェア、論理的なハードウェア、ソフトウェアとして構成されても良い。 [2. Configuration of each device]
Next, the configuration of each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) used in each embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. Each device may be configured as physical hardware, may be configured as logical (virtual) hardware configured on general-purpose hardware, or may be configured as software. May be. Further, at least a part (including all) of the functions of each device may be configured as physical hardware, logical hardware, or software.
尚、以下で登場する各装置・機能内の各記憶部(記憶部_A340、記憶部_A440、記憶部_B540、記憶部_A640、記憶部_B740)は、例えば、半導体メモリ、SSD(Solid State Drive)、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)等で構成されている。また、各記憶部は、出荷段階からもともと設定されていた情報だけでなく、自装置・機能以外の装置・機能(例えば、UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDN)との間で、送受信した各種の情報を記憶する事ができる。また、各記憶部は、後述する各種の通信手続き内で送受信する制御メッセージに含まれる識別情報、制御情報、フラグ、パラメータ等を記憶することができる。また、各記憶部は、これらの情報をUE毎に記憶してもよい。また、各記憶部は、5GSとEPSとの間のインターワークをした場合には、5GS及び/又はEPS内に含まれる装置・機能との間で送受信した制御メッセージやユーザデータを記憶することができる。このとき、N26インターフェースを介して送受信されたものだけでなく、N26インターフェースを介さずに送受信されたものも記憶することができる。
Note that each storage unit (storage unit_A340, storage unit_A440, storage unit_B540, storage unit_A640, storage unit_B740) in each device / function appearing below is, for example, a semiconductor memory, an SSD ( It consists of Solid State Drive) and HDD (Hard Disk Drive). Further, each storage unit is not only information originally set from the shipping stage, but also devices and functions other than the own device and function (for example, UE, and / or access network device, and / or core network device, and / or Or PDN and / or DN) can store various information transmitted and received. Further, each storage unit can store identification information, control information, flags, parameters, and the like included in control messages transmitted and received in various communication procedures described below. Further, each storage unit may store such information for each UE. Also, when interworking between 5GS and EPS, each storage unit may store control messages and user data transmitted and received between devices and functions included in 5GS and / or EPS. it can. At this time, not only data transmitted / received via the N26 interface but also data transmitted / received without the N26 interface can be stored.
[2.1. UEの装置構成]
まず、UE(User Equipment)の装置構成例について、図3を用いて説明する。UEは、制御部_A300、アンテナ310、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340で構成されている。制御部_A300、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_A320は、アンテナ310と接続している。 [2.1. UE configuration]
First, an example of a device configuration of a UE (User Equipment) will be described with reference to FIG. The UE includes a control unit_A300, anantenna 310, a transmission / reception unit_A320, and a storage unit_A340. The control unit_A300, the transmission / reception unit_A320, and the storage unit_A340 are connected via a bus. The transmission / reception unit_A320 is connected to the antenna 310.
まず、UE(User Equipment)の装置構成例について、図3を用いて説明する。UEは、制御部_A300、アンテナ310、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340で構成されている。制御部_A300、送受信部_A320、記憶部_A340は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_A320は、アンテナ310と接続している。 [2.1. UE configuration]
First, an example of a device configuration of a UE (User Equipment) will be described with reference to FIG. The UE includes a control unit_A300, an
制御部_A300は、UE全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_A300は、必要に応じて、記憶部_A340に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UEにおける各種の処理を実現する。
Control section_A300 is a functional section that controls the operation and functions of the entire UE. The control unit_A300 realizes various processes in the UE by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_A340 as necessary.
送受信部_A320は、アンテナを介して、アクセスネットワーク内の基地局装置(eNB又はgNB)と無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いて、アクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置、及び/又はPDN、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。
Transceiving unit_A320 is a functional unit for performing wireless communication with a base station device (eNB or gNB) in an access network via an antenna. That is, the UE can use the transmitting / receiving unit _A320 to transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the access network device, and / or the core network device, and / or the PDN, and / or the DN. it can.
図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、LTE-Uuインターフェースを介して、E-UTRAN内の基地局装置(eNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)と通信することができる。また、UEは、送受信部_A320を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介してAMFとNAS(Non-Access-Stratum)メッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。
説明 Explaining in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the UE can communicate with the base station device (eNB) in the E-UTRAN via the LTE-Uu interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. Further, the UE can communicate with the base station device (gNB) within 5G AN by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. Further, the UE can transmit and receive the AMF and the NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) message via the N1 interface by using the transmission / reception unit_A320. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and the AMF is actually performed via 5G AN.
記憶部_A340は、UEの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。
Storage unit_A340 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the UE.
[2.2. gNBの装置構成]
次に、gNBの装置構成例について、図4を用いて説明する。gNB は、制御部_B500、アンテナ510、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510と接続している。 [2.2. GNB device configuration]
Next, an example of a device configuration of the gNB will be described with reference to FIG. The gNB includes a control unit_B500, anantenna 510, a network connection unit_B520, a transmission / reception unit_B530, and a storage unit_B540. The control unit_B500, the network connection unit_B520, the transmission / reception unit_B530, and the storage unit_B540 are connected via a bus. Transmission / reception section_B530 is connected to antenna 510.
次に、gNBの装置構成例について、図4を用いて説明する。gNB は、制御部_B500、アンテナ510、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540で構成されている。制御部_B500、ネットワーク接続部_B520、送受信部_B530、記憶部_B540は、バスを介して接続されている。送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510と接続している。 [2.2. GNB device configuration]
Next, an example of a device configuration of the gNB will be described with reference to FIG. The gNB includes a control unit_B500, an
制御部_B500は、gNB全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B500は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B540に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、gNBにおける各種の処理を実現する。
Control unit_B500 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire gNB. The control unit_B500 implements various processes in the gNB by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B540 as necessary.
ネットワーク接続部_B520は、gNBが、AMF及び/又はUPFと通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いて、AMF及び/又はUPFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。
Network connection unit_B520 is a functional unit for gNB to communicate with AMF and / or UPF. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the AMF and / or the UPF using the network connection unit_B520.
送受信部_B530は、アンテナ510を介して、UEと無線通信する為の機能部である。すなわち、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いて、UEとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。
Transceiving unit_B530 is a functional unit for performing wireless communication with UE via antenna 510. That is, the gNB can transmit / receive user data and / or control information to / from the UE using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5G AN内にあるgNBは、ネットワーク接続部_B520を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N3インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができる。また、gNBは、送受信部_B530を用いることにより、UEと通信することができる。
To be described in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the gNB in the 5G AN can communicate with the AMF via the N2 interface by using the network connection unit_B520, and the UPF via the N3 interface. Can communicate with Further, the gNB can communicate with the UE by using the transmission / reception unit_B530.
記憶部_B540は、gNBの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。
Storage unit_B540 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the gNB.
[2.3. AMFの装置構成]
次に、AMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。AMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。AMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。 [2.3. AMF device configuration]
Next, an example of an AMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The AMF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The AMF may be a node that handles a control plane.
次に、AMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。AMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。AMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。 [2.3. AMF device configuration]
Next, an example of an AMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The AMF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The AMF may be a node that handles a control plane.
制御部_B700は、AMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、AMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。
Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire AMF. The control unit_B700 implements various processes in the AMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
ネットワーク接続部_B720は、AMFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDM、及び/又はSCEFとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。
The network connection unit_B720 is a function unit for connecting the AMF to the base station device (gNB) and / or the SMF and / or the PCF and / or the UDM and / or the SCEF in the 5G AN. That is, the AMF, using the network connection unit_B720, between the base station device (gNB) in 5G AN, and / or SMF, and / or PCF, and / or UDM, and / or SCEF, Data and / or control information can be sent and received.
図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるAMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N2インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N8インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができ、N11インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N15インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができる。また、AMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N1インターフェースを介して、UEとNASメッセージの送受信をすることができる。ただし、N1インターフェースは論理的なものであるため、実際には、UEとAMFの間の通信は、5G ANを介して行われる。また、AMFは、N26インターフェースをサポートする場合、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N26インターフェースを介して、MMEと通信することができる。
Explaining in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the AMF in the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB through the N2 interface by using the network connection unit_A620, and communicate with the UDM through the N8 interface. It can communicate with the SMF via the N11 interface and can communicate with the PCF via the N15 interface. In addition, the AMF can transmit and receive NAS messages to and from the UE via the N1 interface by using the network connection unit_A620. However, since the N1 interface is logical, communication between the UE and the AMF is actually performed via 5G AN. When the AMF supports the N26 interface, the AMF can communicate with the MME via the N26 interface by using the network connection unit_A620.
記憶部_B740は、AMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。
The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the AMF.
尚、AMFは、N2インターフェースを用いたRANとの制御メッセージを交換する機能、N1インターフェースを用いたUEとのNASメッセージを交換する機能、NASメッセージの暗号化及び完全性保護を行う機能、登録管理(Registration management; RM)機能、接続管理(Connection management; CM)機能、到達可能性管理(Reachability management)機能、UE等の移動性管理(Mobility management)機能、UEとSMF間のSM(Session Management)メッセージを転送する機能、アクセス認証(Access Authentication、Access Authorization)機能、セキュリティアンカー機能(SEA; Security Anchor Functionality)、セキュリティコンテキスト管理(SCM; Security Context Management)機能、N3IWF(Non-3GPP Interworking Function)に対するN2インターフェースをサポートする機能、N3IWFを介したUEとのNAS信号の送受信をサポートする機能、N3IWFを介して接続するUEの認証する機能等を有する。
The AMF has a function of exchanging control messages with the RAN using the N2 interface, a function of exchanging NAS messages with the UE using the N1 interface, a function of encrypting and protecting the integrity of the NAS message, and a registration management function. (Registration management; RM) function, connection management (CM) function, reachability management (Reachability management) function, mobility management (Mobility management) function of UE, etc., SM (Session Management) between UE and SMF N2 for message transfer function, access authentication (Access Authentication, Access Authorization) function, security anchor function (SEA; Security Anchor Functionality), security context management (SCM; Security Context Management) function, N3IWF (Non-3GPP Interworking Function) Interface support function, NAS signal transmission / reception function via N3IWF, connection via N3IWF It has a function for authenticating the UE that.
また、登録管理では、UEごとのRM状態が管理される。RM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。RM状態としては、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)と、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)がある。RM-DEREGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されていないため、AMFにおけるUEコンテキストが、そのUEに対する有効な位置情報やルーティング情報を持っていない為、AMFはUEに到達できない状態である。また、RM-REGISTERED状態では、UEはネットワークに登録されているため、UEはネットワークとの登録が必要なサービスを受信することができる。尚、RM状態は、5GMM状態(5GMM state)と表現されてもよい。この場合、RM-DEREGISTERED状態は、5GMM-DEREGISTERED状態と表現されてもよいし、RM-REGISTERED状態は、5GMM-REGISTERED状態と表現されてもよい。
登録 In the registration management, the RM state for each UE is managed. The RM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF. The RM state includes a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED @ state) and a registered state (RM-REGISTERED @ state). In the RM-DEREGISTERED state, since the UE is not registered in the network, the AMF cannot reach the UE because the UE context in the AMF does not have valid location information or routing information for the UE. Further, in the RM-REGISTERED state, since the UE is registered in the network, the UE can receive a service that requires registration with the network. Note that the RM state may be expressed as a 5GMM state (5GMM @ state). In this case, the RM-DEREGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-DEREGISTERED state, and the RM-REGISTERED state may be expressed as a 5GMM-REGISTERED state.
言い換えると、5GMM-REGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよいし、PDUセッションコンテキストを確立した状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、ユーザデータや制御メッセージの送受信を開始してもよいし、ページングに対して応答してもよい。さらに、尚、各装置が5GMM-REGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、初期登録のための登録手続き以外の登録手続き、及び/又はサービス要求手続きを実行してもよい。
In other words, 5GMM-REGISTERED may be a state where each device has established a 5GMM context or a state where a PDU session context has been established. When each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may start transmitting and receiving user data and control messages, or may respond to paging. Furthermore, when each device is 5GMM-REGISTERED, UE_A10 may execute a registration procedure other than the registration procedure for initial registration and / or a service request procedure.
さらに、5GMM-DEREGISTEREDは、各装置が、5GMMコンテキストを確立していない状態であってもよいし、UE_A10の位置情報がネットワークに把握されていない状態であってもよいし、ネットワークがUE_A10に到達不能である状態であってもよい。尚、各装置が5GMM-DEREGISTEREDである場合、UE_A10は、登録手続きを開始してもよいし、登録手続きを実行することで5GMMコンテキストを確立してもよい。
Furthermore, 5GMM-DEREGISTERED may be in a state where each device has not established a 5GMM context, may be in a state where the location information of UE_A10 is not grasped by the network, or the network may reach UE_A10. It may be in a state where it is impossible. When each device is 5GMM-DEREGISTERED, UE_A10 may start a registration procedure, or may establish a 5GMM context by executing the registration procedure.
また、接続管理では、UEごとのCM状態が管理される。CM状態は、UEとAMFとの間で同期がとられていてもよい。CM状態としては、非接続状態(CM-IDLE state)と、接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state)がある。CM-IDLE状態では、UEはRM-REGISTERED状態にあるが、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っていない。また、CM-IDLE状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及びN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていない。一方、CM-CONNECTED状態では、N1インターフェースを介したAMFとの間で確立されるNASシグナリング接続(NAS signaling connection)を持っている。また、CM-CONNECTED状態では、UEはN2インターフェースの接続(N2 connection)、及び/又はN3インターフェースの接続(N3 connection)を持っていてもよい。
接 続 In connection management, the CM status of each UE is managed. The CM state may be synchronized between the UE and the AMF. The CM state includes a non-connection state (CM-IDLE @ state) and a connection state (CM-CONNECTED @ state). In the CM-IDLE state, the UE is in the RM-REGISTERED state but does not have a NAS signaling connection established with the AMF via the N1 interface. In the CM-IDLE state, the UE does not have the connection of the N2 interface (N2Nconnection) and the connection of the N3 interface (N3 connection). On the other hand, in the CM-CONNECTED state, it has a NAS signaling connection (NAS signaling connection) established with the AMF via the N1 interface. Further, in the CM-CONNECTED state, the UE may have a connection of the N2 interface (N2) connection) and / or a connection of the N3 interface (N3 connection).
さらに、接続管理では、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態と、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態とで分けて管理されてもよい。この場合、3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over 3GPP access)と、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over 3GPP access)とがあってよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおけるCM状態としては、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態(CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access)と、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態(CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access)とがあってよい。尚、非接続状態はアイドルモード表現されてもよく、接続状態モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。
Further, in connection management, the CM state in 3GPP access and the CM state in non-3GPP access may be managed separately. In this case, the CM state in 3GPP access may include a non-connection state in 3GPP access (CM-IDLE / state / over / 3GPP / access) and a connection state in 3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED / state / over / 3GPP / access). Furthermore, as the CM state in non-3GPP access, the non-connection state in non-3GPP access (CM-IDLE state over non-3GPP access) and the connection state in non-3GPP access (CM-CONNECTED state over non-3GPP access ). Note that the non-connection state may be expressed as an idle mode, and the connection state mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
尚、CM状態は、5GMMモード(5GMM mode)と表現されてもよい。この場合、非接続状態は、5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode)と表現されてもよいし、接続状態は、5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode)と表現されてもよい。さらに、3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。さらに、non-3GPPアクセスにおける非接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM非接続モード(5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよいし、non-3GPPアクセスにおける接続状態は、non-3GPPアクセスにおける5GMM接続モード(5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access)と表現されてもよい。尚、5GMM非接続モードはアイドルモード表現されてもよく、5GMM接続モードはコネクテッドモードと表現されてもよい。
Note that the CM state may be expressed as a 5GMM mode (5GMM mode). In this case, the non-connection state may be expressed as a 5GMM non-connection mode (5GMM-IDLE @ mode), and the connection state may be expressed as a 5GMM connection mode (5GMM-CONNECTED @ mode). Further, the non-connection state in 3GPP access may be expressed as a 5GMM non-connection mode in 3GPP access (5GMM-IDLE mode over 3GPP access), and the connection state in 3GPP access is a 5GMM connection mode in 3GPP access (5GMM- CONNECTED mode over 3GPP access). Furthermore, the non-connection state in non-3GPP access may be expressed as a 5GMM non-connection mode in non-3GPP access (5GMM-IDLE mode over non-3GPP access), and the connection state in non-3GPP access is non- It may be expressed as a 5GMM connection mode in -3GPP access (5GMM-CONNECTED mode over non-3GPP access). Note that the 5GMM non-connection mode may be expressed as an idle mode, and the 5GMM connection mode may be expressed as a connected mode.
また、AMFは、コアネットワーク_B内に1以上配置されてもよい。また、AMFは、1以上のNSI(Network Slice Instance)を管理するNFでもよい。また、AMFは、複数のNSI間で共有される共有CPファンクション(CCNF; Common CPNF(Control Plane Network Function))でもよい。
A Further, one or more AMFs may be arranged in the core network_B. The AMF may be an NF that manages one or more NSIs (Network \ Slice \ Instance). Further, the AMF may be a shared CP function (CCNF; \ Common \ CPNF (Control \ Plane \ Network \ Function)) shared by a plurality of NSIs.
尚、N3IWFは、UEが5GSに対してnon-3GPPアクセスを介して接続する場合に、non-3GPPアクセスと5GCNとの間に配置される装置及び/又は機能である。
Note that the N3IWF is a device and / or a function disposed between the non-3GPP access and the 5GCN when the UE connects to the 5GS via the non-3GPP access.
[2.4. SMFの装置構成]
次に、SMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。SMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。SMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。 [2.4. SMF device configuration]
Next, an example of an SMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The SMF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
次に、SMFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。SMFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。SMFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。 [2.4. SMF device configuration]
Next, an example of an SMF device configuration will be described with reference to FIG. The SMF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The SMF may be a node that handles the control plane.
制御部_B700は、SMF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、SMFにおける各種の処理を実現する。
Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire SMF. The control unit_B700 implements various processes in the SMF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
ネットワーク接続部_B720は、SMFが、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、SMFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、AMF、及び/又はUPF、及び/又はPCF、及び/又はUDMとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。
Network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for connecting the SMF to the AMF, and / or the UPF, and / or the PCF, and / or the UDM. That is, the SMF can transmit and receive user data and / or control information to / from the AMF and / or the UPF and / or the PCF and / or the UDM using the network connection unit_B720.
図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるSMFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N11インターフェースを介して、AMFと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、UPFと通信することができ、N7インターフェースを介して、PCFと通信することができ、N10インターフェースを介して、UDMと通信することができる。
Referring to FIG. 2 in detail, the SMF in the 5GCN can communicate with the AMF via the N11 interface by using the network connection unit_A620, and communicate with the UPF via the N4 interface. It can communicate, can communicate with PCF via N7 interface, and can communicate with UDM via N10 interface.
記憶部_B740は、SMFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。
The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing a program, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the SMF.
SMFは、PDUセッションの確立・修正・解放等のセッション管理(Session Management)機能、UEに対するIPアドレス割り当て(IP address allocation)及びその管理機能、UPFの選択と制御機能、適切な目的地(送信先)へトラフィックをルーティングする為のUPFの設定機能、NASメッセージのSM部分を送受信する機能、下りリンクのデータが到着したことを通知する機能(Downlink Data Notification)、AMF経由でN2インターフェースを介してANに送信される、AN特有の(ANごとの)SM情報を提供する機能、セッションに対するSSCモード(Session and Service Continuity mode)を決定する機能、ローミング機能等を有する。
The SMF has a session management (Session management) function for establishing, modifying, and releasing PDU sessions, IP address allocation (IP address) for UEs and its management function, UPF selection and control function, appropriate destination (transmission destination). ), A function to send and receive the SM part of the NAS message, a function to notify that downlink data has arrived (Downlink Data Notification), and an AN via the N2 interface via AMF. Has a function of providing SM information specific to an AN (for each AN), a function of determining an SSC mode (Session / Service / Continuity / mode) for a session, a roaming function, and the like.
[2.5. UPFの装置構成]
次に、UPFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。UPFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。UPFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。 [2.5. Equipment configuration of UPF]
Next, an example of a device configuration of the UPF will be described with reference to FIG. The UPF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
次に、UPFの装置構成例について、図5を用いて説明する。UPFは、制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740で構成されている。制御部_B700、ネットワーク接続部_B720、記憶部_B740は、バスを介して接続されている。UPFは、制御プレーンを扱うノードであってよい。 [2.5. Equipment configuration of UPF]
Next, an example of a device configuration of the UPF will be described with reference to FIG. The UPF includes a control unit_B700, a network connection unit_B720, and a storage unit_B740. The control unit_B700, the network connection unit_B720, and the storage unit_B740 are connected via a bus. The UPF may be a node that handles the control plane.
制御部_B700は、UPF全体の動作・機能を制御する機能部である。制御部_B700は、必要に応じて、記憶部_B740に記憶されている各種プログラムを読み出して実行する事により、UPFにおける各種の処理を実現する。
Control unit_B700 is a functional unit that controls the operation and functions of the entire UPF. The control unit_B700 realizes various processes in the UPF by reading and executing various programs stored in the storage unit_B740 as necessary.
ネットワーク接続部_B720は、UPFが、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNと接続する為の機能部である。すなわち、UPFは、ネットワーク接続部_B720を用いて、5G AN内の基地局装置(gNB)、及び/又はSMF、及び/又はDNとの間で、ユーザデータ及び/又は制御情報を送受信することができる。
Network connection unit_B720 is a functional unit for connecting the UPF to a base station device (gNB) and / or SMF and / or DN in 5G AN. That is, the UPF uses the network connection unit_B720 to transmit and receive user data and / or control information to and from the base station device (gNB) in 5G AN, and / or the SMF, and / or the DN. Can be.
図2を参照して詳細に説明すると、5GCN内にあるUPFは、ネットワーク接続部_A620を用いることにより、N3インターフェースを介して、gNBと通信することができ、N4インターフェースを介して、SMFと通信することができ、N6インターフェースを介して、DNと通信することができ、N9インターフェースを介して、他のUPFと通信することができる。
Explaining in detail with reference to FIG. 2, the UPF in the 5GCN can communicate with the gNB through the N3 interface by using the network connection unit_A620, and communicate with the SMF through the N4 interface. It can communicate, can communicate with the DN via the N6 interface, and can communicate with other UPFs via the N9 interface.
記憶部_B740は、UPFの各動作に必要なプログラム、ユーザデータ、制御情報等を記憶する為の機能部である。
The storage unit_B740 is a functional unit for storing programs, user data, control information, and the like necessary for each operation of the UPF.
UPFは、intra-RAT mobility又はinter-RAT mobilityに対するアンカーポイントとしての機能、DNに相互接続するための外部PDUセッションポイントとしての機能(つまり、DNとコアネットワーク_Bとの間のゲートウェイとして、ユーザデータを転送する機能)、パケットのルーティング及び転送する機能、1つのDNに対して複数のトラフィックフローのルーティングをサポートするUL CL(Uplink Classifier)機能、マルチホーム(multi-homed)PDUセッションをサポートするBranching point機能、user planeに対するQoS (Quality of Service) 処理機能、上りリンクトラフィックの検証機能、下りリンクパケットのバッファリング、下りリンクデータ通知(Downlink Data Notification)をトリガする機能等を有する。
UPF functions as an anchor point for intra-RAT mobility or inter-RAT mobility, and functions as an external PDU session point for interconnecting with the DN (that is, as a gateway between the DN and the core network_B, as a user, Data transfer function), packet routing and transfer function, UL CL (Uplink Classifier) function that supports the routing of multiple traffic flows for one DN, multi-homed PDU session It has a Branching point function, a QoS (Quality of Service) processing function for a user plane, a verification function of uplink traffic, buffering of downlink packets, a function of triggering downlink data notification (Downlink Data Notification), and the like.
また、UPFは、IP通信及び/又はnon-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。また、UPFは、IP通信を転送する機能を持ってもよく、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。さらに複数配置されるゲートウェイは、コアネットワーク_Bと単一のDNを接続するゲートウェイでもよい。尚、UPFは、他のNFとの接続性を備えてもよく、他のNFを介して各装置に接続してもよい。
UPUPF may be a gateway for IP communication and / or non-IP communication. In addition, the UPF may have a function of transferring IP communication, and may have a function of converting non-IP communication and IP communication. Further, a plurality of arranged gateways may be gateways connecting the core network_B and a single DN. Note that the UPF may have connectivity with another NF, and may be connected to each device via another NF.
尚、ユーザプレーン(user plane)は、UEとネットワークとの間で送受信されるユーザデータ(user data)のことである。ユーザプレーンは、PDNコネクション、又はPDUセッションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及び/又はS1-Uインターフェース、及び/又はS5インターフェース、及び/又はS8インターフェース、及び/又はSGiインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、ユーザプレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及び/又はN3インターフェース、及び/又はN9インターフェース、及び/又はN6インターフェースを介して送受信されてもよい。以下、ユーザプレーンは、U-Planeと表現されてもよい。
The user plane (user @ plane) is user data (user @ data) transmitted and received between the UE and the network. The user plane may be transmitted and received using a PDN connection or a PDU session. Further, in the case of EPS, the user plane may be transmitted and received using an LTE-Uu interface, and / or an S1-U interface, and / or an S5 interface, and / or an S8 interface, and / or an SGi interface. Further, in the case of 5GS, the user plane may be transmitted and received via an interface between the UE and the NG @ RAN, and / or an N3 interface, and / or an N9 interface, and / or an N6 interface. Hereinafter, the user plane may be expressed as U-Plane.
さらに、制御プレーン(control plane)は、UEの通信制御等を行うために送受信される制御メッセージのことである。制御プレーンは、UEとMMEとの間のNAS (Non-Access-Stratum)シグナリングコネクションを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、EPSの場合、制御プレーンは、LTE-Uuインターフェース、及びS1-MMEインターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。さらに、5GSの場合、制御プレーンは、UEとNG RANとの間のインターフェース、及びN2インターフェースを用いて送受信されてもよい。以下、制御プレーンは、コントロールプレーンと表現されてもよいし、C-Planeと表現されてもよい。
Furthermore, the control plane (control plane) is a control message transmitted and received to perform communication control and the like of the UE. The control plane may be transmitted / received using a NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) signaling connection between the UE and the MME. Furthermore, in the case of EPS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the LTE-Uu interface and the S1-MME interface. Furthermore, in the case of 5GS, the control plane may be transmitted and received using the interface between the UE and the NG @ RAN, and the N2 interface. Hereinafter, the control plane may be expressed as a control plane or may be expressed as a C-Plane.
さらに、U-Plane(User Plane; UP)は、ユーザデータを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。さらに、C-Plane(Control Plane; CP)は、制御メッセージを送受信する為の通信路でもよく、複数のベアラで構成されてもよい。
Furthermore, U-Plane (User Plane; 路 UP) may be a communication path for transmitting and receiving user data, or may be configured by a plurality of bearers. Further, C-Plane (Control @ Plane; $ CP) may be a communication channel for transmitting and receiving control messages, or may be configured with a plurality of bearers.
[2.6. その他の装置及び/又は機能の説明]
次に、その他の装置及び/又は機能について説明を行う。 [2.6. Description of other devices and / or functions]
Next, other devices and / or functions will be described.
次に、その他の装置及び/又は機能について説明を行う。 [2.6. Description of other devices and / or functions]
Next, other devices and / or functions will be described.
PCFは、ポリシールールを提供する機能等を有する。
PCF has a function to provide policy rules.
また、UDMは、認証情報処理(Authentication credential processing)機能、ユーザ識別処理機能、アクセス認証機能、登録/移動性管理機能、加入者情報の管理(subscription management)機能等を有する。
UDM also has an authentication information processing (Authentication credential processing) function, a user identification processing function, an access authentication function, a registration / mobility management function, a subscriber information management (subscription management) function, and the like.
また、PCRFは、PGW及び/又はPDNに接続されており、データ配送に対するQoS管理を行う機能等を有する。例えば、UE_A10とPDN間の通信路のQoSの管理を行う。さらに、PCRFは、各装置がユーザデータを送受信する際に用いるPCC(Policy and Charging Control)ルール、及び/又はルーティングルールを作成、及び/又は管理する装置でもよい。
PCRThe PCRF is connected to the PGW and / or PDN, and has a function of performing QoS management for data delivery. For example, QoS of a communication path between UE_A10 and PDN is managed. Furthermore, the PCRF may be a device that creates and / or manages a PCC (Policy and Charging Control) rule and / or a routing rule used when each device transmits and receives user data.
また、HSSは、MME及び/又はSCEFに接続されており、加入者情報の管理を行う機能等を有する。HSSの加入者情報は、例えばMMEのアクセス制御の際に参照される。さらに、HSSは、MMEとは異なる位置管理装置と接続されていてもよい。
HSThe HSS is connected to the MME and / or SCEF, and has a function of managing subscriber information. The subscriber information of the HSS is referred to, for example, at the time of MME access control. Further, the HSS may be connected to a location management device different from the MME.
また、SCEFは、DN及び/又はPDNとMMEとHSSとに接続されており、DN及び/又はPDNとコアネットワーク_Aとを繋ぐゲートウェイとしてユーザデータの転送を行う中継装置としての機能等を有する。尚、SCEFは、non-IP通信の為のゲートウェイでもよい。さらに、SCEFは、non-IP通信とIP通信を変換する機能を持っていてもよい。また、こうしたゲートウェイはコアネットワーク_Aに複数配置されてよい。SCEFはコアネットワークの外側に構成されてもよいし、内側に構成されてもよい。
The SCEF is connected to the DN and / or PDN, the MME, and the HSS, and has a function as a relay device that transfers user data as a gateway connecting the DN and / or the PDN and the core network _A. . Note that SCEF may be a gateway for non-IP communication. Further, SCEF may have a function of converting non-IP communication and IP communication. Also, a plurality of such gateways may be arranged in the core network_A. The SCEF may be configured outside or inside the core network.
[3. 各実施形態で用いられる用語・識別情報、手続きの説明]
各実施形態で、少なくとも1つは用いられる用語・識別情報、手続きを予め説明する。 [3. Explanation of terms / identification information and procedures used in each embodiment]
In each embodiment, at least one term / identification information and procedure used will be described in advance.
各実施形態で、少なくとも1つは用いられる用語・識別情報、手続きを予め説明する。 [3. Explanation of terms / identification information and procedures used in each embodiment]
In each embodiment, at least one term / identification information and procedure used will be described in advance.
[3.1. 各実施形態で用いられる用語・識別情報の説明]
まず、各実施形態で用いられる、専門性の高い用語や、手続きで使用される識別情報について、予め説明する。 [3.1. Explanation of terms and identification information used in each embodiment]
First, highly specialized terms used in each embodiment and identification information used in procedures will be described in advance.
まず、各実施形態で用いられる、専門性の高い用語や、手続きで使用される識別情報について、予め説明する。 [3.1. Explanation of terms and identification information used in each embodiment]
First, highly specialized terms used in each embodiment and identification information used in procedures will be described in advance.
ネットワークとは、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部を指す。また、アクセスネットワーク_B、コアネットワーク_B、DNのうち、少なくとも一部に含まれる1以上の装置を、ネットワーク又はネットワーク装置と称してもよい。つまり、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワーク内の装置(ネットワーク装置、及び/又は制御装置)がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。逆に、ネットワーク内の装置がメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行するということは、ネットワークがメッセージの送受信及び/又は処理を実行することを意味してもよい。
Network refers to at least a part of access network_B, core network_B, and DN. One or more devices included in at least a part of the access network_B, the core network_B, and the DN may be referred to as a network or a network device. That is, that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of the message may mean that a device in the network (network device and / or control device) performs transmission / reception and / or processing of the message. . Conversely, the fact that a device in the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message may mean that the network performs transmission / reception and / or processing of a message.
また、SM(セッションマネジメント)メッセージ(NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SMメッセージとも称する)は、SMのための手続きで用いられるNASメッセージであってよく、AMF_A240を介してUE_A10とSMF_A230の間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。さらに、SMメッセージには、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ、PDUセッション完了メッセージ、PDUセッション拒絶メッセージ、PDUセッション変更要求メッセージ、PDUセッション変更受諾メッセージ、PDUセッション変更応答メッセージ等が含まれてもよい。また、SMのための手続きには、PDUセッション確立手続きが含まれてもよい。
Also, an SM (Session Management) message (also referred to as NAS (Non-Access-Stratum) SM message) may be a NAS message used in a procedure for SM, and transmitted and received between UE_A10 and SMF_A230 through AMF_A240. Control message. Further, the SM message includes a PDU session establishment request message, a PDU session establishment acceptance message, a PDU session completion message, a PDU session rejection message, a PDU session change request message, a PDU session change acceptance message, a PDU session change response message, and the like. You may. Also, the procedure for the SM may include a PDU session establishment procedure.
また、5GS(5G System)サービスは、コアネットワーク_B190を用いて提供される接続サービスでよい。さらに、5GSサービスは、EPSサービスと異なるサービスでもよいし、EPSサービスと同様のサービスでもよい。
{The 5GS (5G @ System) service may be a connection service provided using the core network_B190. Further, the 5GS service may be a service different from the EPS service or a service similar to the EPS service.
また、non 5GSサービスは、5GSサービス以外のサービスでよく、EPSサービス、及び/又はnon EPSサービスが含まれてもよい。
The non-5GS service may be a service other than the 5GS service, and may include an EPS service and / or a non-EPS service.
また、シングルレジストレーションモードは、UE_A10が、N1モードとS1モードが利用可能な場合に、5GMM状態とEMM状態に対して、共通の登録状態を維持するモードである。
The single registration mode is a mode in which the UE_A10 maintains a common registration state for the 5GMM state and the EMM state when the N1 mode and the S1 mode are available.
また、デュアルレジストレーションモードは、UE_A10が、N1モードとS1モードが利用可能な場合に、5GMM状態とEMM状態とを独立して登録状態を維持するモードである。尚、UE_A10は、デュアルレジストレーションモードの場合、N1モードのみでネットワークに登録(つまり5GCだけに登録)されていてもよいし、S1モードのみでネットワークに登録(EPCだけに登録)されていてもよいし、N1モードとS1モードの両方でネットワークに登録(5GCとEPCの両方に登録)されていてもよい。
The dual registration mode is a mode in which the UE_A10 maintains the registration state independently of the 5GMM state and the EMM state when the N1 mode and the S1 mode are available. Note that, in the case of the dual registration mode, UE_A10 may be registered in the network only in the N1 mode (that is, registered in only 5GC) or may be registered in the network only in the S1 mode (registered only in the EPC). Alternatively, it may be registered in the network in both N1 mode and S1 mode (registered in both 5GC and EPC).
また、5GSとEPCとのインターワークするために、5GCとEPC NASの両方をサポートするUEは、シングルレジストレーションモード、又はデュアルレジストレーションモードで動作することができる。
UEs that support both 5GC and EPC NAS for interworking between 5GS and EPC can operate in single registration mode or dual registration mode.
また、S1モードは、UE_A10に対して、E-UTRANを介したEPCへのアクセスを許可したモードである。言い換えると、S1モードは、S1インターフェースを用いたメッセージの送受信が実行されるモードであってもよい。尚、S1インターフェースは、S1-MMEインターフェース及びS1-Uインターフェースで構成されて良い。
The S1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is permitted to access the EPC via E-UTRAN. In other words, the S1 mode may be a mode in which transmission and reception of a message using the S1 interface is performed. Note that the S1 interface may be composed of an S1-MME interface and an S1-U interface.
また、N1モードは、UE_A10に対して、5Gアクセスネットワークを介した5GCへのアクセスを許可したモードである。言い換えると、N1モードは、N1インターフェースを用いたメッセージの送受信が実行されるモードであってもよい。
NThe N1 mode is a mode in which UE_A10 is permitted to access 5GC via a 5G access network. In other words, the N1 mode may be a mode in which transmission and reception of messages using the N1 interface are performed.
また、APN(Access Point Name)は、コアネットワーク及び/又はPDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、APNは、コアネットワークA_90を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。
APN (Access @ Point @ Name) may be identification information for identifying an external network such as a core network and / or a PDN. Further, the APN can be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 that connects the core network A_90.
また、PDN(Packet Data Network)タイプとは、PDNコネクションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、non-IPがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。IPv4v6が指定された場合は、IPv4又はIPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行う事を示す。non-IPが指定された場合は、IPを用いた通信ではなく、IP以外の通信方法によって通信する事を示す。
PD Also, the PDN (Packet Data Network) type indicates the type of PDN connection, and includes IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, and non-IP. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data is sent and received using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is transmitted and received using IPv6. When IPv4v6 is specified, it indicates that data transmission / reception is performed using IPv4 or IPv6. When non-IP is specified, it indicates that communication is to be performed by a communication method other than IP instead of communication using IP.
また、PDU(Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit)セッションとは、PDU接続性サービスを提供するDNとUEとの間の関連性として定義することができるが、UEと外部ゲートウェイとの間で確立される接続性であってもよい。UEは、5GSにおいて、アクセスネットワーク_B及びコアネットワーク_Bを介したPDUセッションを確立することにより、PDUセッションを用いて、DNとの間のユーザデータの送受信を行うことができる。ここで、この外部ゲートウェイとは、UPF、SCEF等であってよい。UEは、PDUセッションを用いて、DNに配置されるアプリケーションサーバー等の装置と、ユーザデータの送受信を実行する事ができる。
Also, a PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session can be defined as an association between the DN providing the PDU connectivity service and the UE, but is established between the UE and an external gateway. Connectivity. By establishing a PDU session via the access network_B and the core network_B in the 5GS, the UE can transmit and receive user data to and from the DN using the PDU session. Here, the external gateway may be UPF, SCEF, or the like. The UE can transmit and receive user data to and from a device such as an application server arranged in the DN using the PDU session.
尚、各装置(UE、及び/又はアクセスネットワーク装置、及び/又はコアネットワーク装置)は、PDUセッションに対して、1以上の識別情報を対応づけて管理してもよい。尚、これらの識別情報には、DNN、QoSルール、PDUセッションタイプ、アプリケーション識別情報、NSI識別情報、アクセスネットワーク識別情報、及びSSC modeのうち1以上が含まれてもよいし、その他の情報がさらに含まれてもよい。さらに、PDUセッションを複数確立する場合には、PDUセッションに対応づけられる各識別情報は、同じ内容でもよいし、異なる内容でもよい。
Each device (UE and / or access network device and / or core network device) may manage one or more pieces of identification information in association with a PDU session. Incidentally, these identification information may include one or more of DNN, QoS rule, PDU session type, application identification information, NSI identification information, access network identification information, and SSC mode, and other information may be included. Further, it may be included. Further, when a plurality of PDU sessions are established, each piece of identification information associated with the PDU session may have the same content or different content.
また、DNN(Data Network Name)は、コアネットワーク及び/又はDN等の外部ネットワークを識別する識別情報でよい。さらに、DNNは、コアネットワークB190を接続するPGW_A30/UPF_A235等のゲートウェイを選択する情報として用いることもできる。さらに、DNNは、APN(Access Point Name)に相当するものでもよい。
{DNN (Data \ Network \ Name) may be identification information for identifying a core network and / or an external network such as a DN. Furthermore, the DNN can also be used as information for selecting a gateway such as PGW_A30 / UPF_A235 that connects the core network B190. Further, the DNN may be equivalent to an APN (Access @ Point @ Name).
また、PDU(Protocol Data Unit/Packet Data Unit)セッションタイプは、PDUセッションのタイプを示すものであり、IPv4、IPv6、Ethernet、Unstructuredがある。IPv4が指定された場合、IPv4を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。IPv6が指定された場合は、IPv6を用いてデータの送受信を行うことを示す。Ethernetが指定された場合は、Ethernetフレームの送受信を行うことを示す。また、Ethernetは、IPを用いた通信を行わないことを示してもよい。Unstructuredが指定された場合は、Point-to-Point(P2P)トンネリング技術を用いて、DNにあるアプリケーションサーバー等にデータを送受信することを示す。P2Pトンネリング技術としては、例えば、UDP/IPのカプセル化技術を用いても良い。尚、PDUセッションタイプには、上記の他にIPが含まれても良い。IPは、UEがIPv4とIPv6の両方を使用可能である場合に指定する事ができる。
The PDU (Protocol Data Unit / Packet Data Unit) session type indicates the type of PDU session, and includes IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet, and Unstructured. If IPv4 is specified, it indicates that data transmission and reception will be performed using IPv4. When IPv6 is specified, it indicates that data is transmitted and received using IPv6. If Ethernet is specified, it indicates that Ethernet frames will be sent and received. Further, Ethernet may indicate that communication using IP is not performed. When Unstructured is specified, it indicates that data is transmitted / received to / from an application server in the DN using the point-to-point (P2P) tunneling technology. As the P2P tunneling technology, for example, a UDP / IP encapsulation technology may be used. The PDU session type may include IP in addition to the above. IP can be specified if the UE can use both IPv4 and IPv6.
また、ネットワークスライス(NS)とは、特定のネットワーク能力及びネットワーク特性を提供する論理的なネットワークである。UE及び/又はネットワークは、5GSにおいて、ネットワークスライス(NWスライス; NS)をサポートすることができる。
Network slices (NS) are logical networks that provide specific network capabilities and network characteristics. The UE and / or the network can support a network slice (NW slice; NS) in 5GS.
また、ネットワークスライスインスタンス(NSI)とは、ネットワーク機能(NF)のインスタンス(実体)と、必要なリソースのセットで構成され、配置されるネットワークスライスを形成する。ここで、NFとは、ネットワークにおける処理機能であって、3GPPで採用又は定義されたものである。NSIはコアネットワーク_B内に1以上構成される、NSの実体である。また、NSIはNST(Network Slice Template)を用いて生成された仮想的なNF(Network Function)により構成されてもよい。ここで、NSTとは、要求される通信サービスや能力(capability)を提供する為のリソース要求に関連付けられ、1以上のNFの論理的表現である。つまり、NSIとは、複数のNFにより構成されたコアネットワーク_B190内の集合体でよい。また、NSIはサービス等によって配送されるユーザデータを分ける為に構成された論理的なネットワークでよい。NSには、1以上のNFが構成されてよい。NSに構成されるNFは、他のNSと共有される装置であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。UE、及び/又ネットワーク内の装置は、NSSAI、及び/又はS-NSSAI、及び/又はUE usage type、及び/又は1以上のNSI ID等の登録情報、及び/又はAPNに基づいて、1以上のNSに割り当てられることができる。尚、UE usage typeは、NSIを識別するための使用される、UEの登録情報に含まれるパラメータ値である。UE usage typeはHSSに記憶されていてよい。AMFはUE usage typeに基づきSMFとUPFを選択してもよい。
A network slice instance (NSI) is composed of an instance (entity) of a network function (NF) and a set of necessary resources, and forms a network slice to be arranged. Here, the NF is a processing function in a network, which is adopted or defined in 3GPP. The NSI is an entity of the NS, which is composed of one or more core networks_B. Also, the NSI may be configured by a virtual NF (Network Function) generated using NST (Network Slice Template). Here, the NST is a logical expression of one or more NFs associated with a resource request for providing a required communication service or capability. That is, the NSI may be an aggregate in the core network_B190 configured by a plurality of NFs. The NSI may be a logical network configured to separate user data delivered by a service or the like. One or more NFs may be configured in the NS. The NF configured in the NS may or may not be a device shared with another NS. The UE and / or the devices in the network may have one or more NSSAI and / or S-NSSAI and / or UE usage type and / or one or more NSINID based registration information and / or APN. NS can be assigned. Note that UE usage type is a parameter value included in UE registration information used for identifying NSI. The UE usage type may be stored in the HSS. AMF may select SMF and UPF based on UE usage type.
また、S-NSSAI(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、NSを識別するための情報である。S-NSSAIは、SST(Slice/Service type)のみで構成されてもよいし、SSTとSD(Slice Differentiator)の両方で構成されてもよい。ここで、SSTとは、機能とサービスの面で期待されるNSの動作を示す情報である。また、SDは、SSTで示される複数のNSIから1つのNSIを選択する際に、SSTを補間する情報であってもよい。S-NSSAIは、PLMNごとに特有な情報であってもよいし、PLMN間で共通化された標準の情報であってもよい。また、ネットワークは、デフォルトS-NSSAIとして、UEの登録情報に1以上のS-NSSAIを記憶してもよい。尚、S-NSSAIがデフォルトS-NSSAIである場合において、UEが登録要求メッセージにおいて有効なS-NSSAIをネットワークに送信しないときは、ネットワークは、UEに関係するNSを提供してもよい。
S-NSSAI (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information) is information for identifying the NS. S-NSSAI may be configured only with SST (Slice / Service type), or may be configured with both SST and SD (Slice Differentiator). Here, the SST is information indicating the expected NS operation in terms of functions and services. The SD may be information for interpolating the SST when one NSI is selected from a plurality of NSIs indicated by the SST. The S-NSSAI may be information unique to each PLMN or standard information shared between PLMNs. Also, the network may store one or more S-NSSAIs in the registration information of the UE as the default S-NSSAI. If the UE does not send a valid S-NSSAI to the network in the registration request message when the S-NSSAI is the default S-NSSAI, the network may provide an NS related to the UE.
また、NSSAI(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information)は、S-NSSAIの集まりである。NSSAIに含まれる、各S-NSSAIはアクセスネットワーク又はコアネットワークがNSIを選択するのをアシストする情報である。UEはPLMNごとにネットワークから許可されたNSSAIを記憶してもよい。また、NSSAIは、AMFを選択するのに用いられる情報であってよい。
NNSSAI (Network (Slice Selection Assistance Information) is a group of S-NSSAI. Each S-NSSAI included in the NSSAI is information that assists the access network or the core network in selecting the NSI. The UE may store the NSSAI granted from the network for each PLMN. Also, NSSAI may be information used to select an AMF.
また、SSC(Session and Service Continuity) modeは、5Gシステム(5GS)において、システム、及び/又は各装置がサポートするセッションサービス継続(Session and Service Continuity)のモードを示すものである。より詳細には、UE_A10とUPFとの間で確立されたPDUセッションがサポートするセッションサービス継続の種類を示すモードであってもよい。なお、SSC modeはPDUセッション毎に設定されるセッションサービス継続の種類を示すモードであってもよい。さらに、SSC modeは、SSC mode 1、SSC mode 2、SSC mode 3の3つのモードから構成されていてもよい。尚、PDUセッションに対応づけられたSSC modeは、PDUセッションが存続している間は、変更されなくてもよい。
{SSC (Session \ Service \ Continuity)} mode indicates a mode of session service continuity (Session \ Service \ Continuity) supported by the system and / or each device in the 5G system (5GS). More specifically, the mode may indicate the type of session service continuation supported by the PDU session established between UE_A10 and the UPF. Note that SSC @ mode may be a mode indicating the type of session service continuation set for each PDU session. Furthermore, SSC @ mode may be composed of three modes, SSC @ mode @ 1, SSC @ mode @ 2, and SSC @ mode # 3. Note that the SSC @ mode associated with the PDU session does not need to be changed while the PDU session exists.
また、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、RRCレイヤが非有効化(inactive)な状態にも関わらず、NASレイヤの状態がコネクティッド状態であることを示す状態である。言い換えると、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationは、NASシグナリングコネクション、及び/又はNASシグナリングコネクションのコンテキストを維持しつつ、無線ベアラが解放された状態である。
{5GMM-CONNECTED} mode with RRC inactive indication is a state indicating that the state of the NAS layer is in a connected state despite the inactive state of the RRC layer. In other words, 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication is a state where the radio bearer is released while maintaining the context of the NAS signaling connection and / or the NAS signaling connection.
尚、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationのサポートとは、RRCレイヤが非有効化になったことを示す通知を下位レイヤから受けた場合でも、NASレイヤの状態をコネクティッド状態に維持することがサポートされていることを意味してもよい。さらに、5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indicationの使用とは、RRCレイヤが非有効化になったことを示す通知を下位レイヤから受けた場合でも、NASレイヤの状態をコネクティッド状態に維持することを意味してもよい。
The support of 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer is maintained in the connected state even when a notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from the lower layer. It may mean that it is supported. Furthermore, the use of 5GMM-CONNECTED mode with RRC inactive indication means that the state of the NAS layer is maintained in a connected state even when a notification indicating that the RRC layer has been disabled is received from a lower layer. It may mean.
トラッキングエリアは、コアネットワークが管理する、UE_A10の位置情報で表すことが可能な単数又は複数の範囲である。トラッキングエリアは、複数のセルで構成されもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ページング等の制御メッセージがブロードキャストされる範囲でもよいし、UE_A10がハンドオーバー手続きをせずに移動できる範囲でもよい。さらに、トラッキングエリアは、ルーティングエリアでもよいし、ロケーションエリアでもよいし、これらと同様のものであればよい。以下、トラッキングエリアはTA(Tracking Area)であってもよい。
The tracking area is one or more ranges that can be represented by the location information of UE_A10 managed by the core network. The tracking area may be composed of a plurality of cells. Further, the tracking area may be a range in which a control message such as paging is broadcast, or may be a range in which UE_A10 can move without performing a handover procedure. Further, the tracking area may be a routing area, a location area, or any similar area. Hereinafter, the tracking area may be a TA (Tracking @ Area).
TAリストは、ネットワークがUE_A10に割り当てた一又は複数のTAが含まれるリストである。なお、UE_A10は、TAリストに含まれる一又は複数のTA内を移動している間は、トラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動することができてよい。言い換えると、UE_A10は、TAリストは、UE_A10がトラッキングエリア更新手続きを実行することなく移動できるエリアを示す情報群であってよい。尚、TAリストは、一又複数のTAI (Tracking area identity) で構成されるTAIリストと表現されてもよく、以下、TAIリストは、TAリストを指してもよい。
The TA list is a list including one or a plurality of TAs assigned to UE_A10 by the network. Note that UE_A10 may be able to move without executing the tracking area update procedure while moving within one or more TAs included in the TA list. In other words, UE_A10 may be a group of information indicating the area where UE_A10 can move without executing the tracking area update procedure. Note that the TA list may be expressed as a TAI list composed of one or more TAIs {(Tracking {area} identity)}. Hereinafter, the TAI list may refer to the TA list.
LADN (Local Area Data Network) とは、特定の場所においてのみUEが接続可能なDNであり、特定のDNN(つまりLADN DNN)に対する接続性を提供するものである。LADNは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNに対応づけられたPDUセッションを用いることで接続可能なDNであってよい。さらに、LADNは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNと特定のS-NSSAIとの組合せに対応づけられたPDUセッションを用いることで接続可能なDNであってよい。
{LADN} (Local Area Data Network) is a DN to which the UE can connect only at a specific place, and provides connectivity to a specific DNN (that is, LADN DNN). The LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a specific location by using a PDU session associated with a specific DNN. Further, the LADN may be a DN that can be connected at a specific location by using a PDU session associated with a combination of a specific DNN and a specific S-NSSAI.
LADN情報は、LADNに関連する情報である。LADN情報は、UEが利用可能な特定のLADNを示す情報であってもよい。LADN情報には、LADN DNNと、LADNサービスエリア情報とが含まれてよい。より詳細には、LADN情報には、一又は複数の、LADN毎に存在する情報(以下では、LADNを示す情報と称す)が含まれてよい。さらに、LADNを示す情報には、LADN DNNと、LADNサービスエリア情報とが含まれてよい。ここで、LADN DNNは、LADNを識別する情報であってもよく、LADNとして扱われるDNを識別する情報であってもよく、LADNに対してPDUセッションを確立する際に用いるDNNであってよい。
LADN information is information related to LADN. The LADN information may be information indicating a specific LADN available to the UE. The LADN information may include LADN @ DNN and LADN service area information. More specifically, the LADN information may include one or more pieces of information existing for each LADN (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating the LADN). Further, the information indicating the LADN may include LADN @ DNN and LADN service area information. Here, LADN DNN may be information for identifying a LADN, information for identifying a DN treated as an LADN, or a DNN used when establishing a PDU session for the LADN. .
尚、LADN情報が従来のLADN情報である場合、LADN情報は、上記で説明した構成の情報であってよい。具体的には、LADN情報が従来のLADN情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアは、従来のLADNサービスエリアであってよい。
Note that when the LADN information is conventional LADN information, the LADN information may be information having the configuration described above. Specifically, when the LADN information is conventional LADN information, the LADN service area may be a conventional LADN service area.
逆に、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADN情報は、上記で説明した構成の一部が拡張された情報であってよい。具体的には、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアは、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアであってよい。さらに、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADNを示す情報は、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアの粒度を示す情報を、さらに含んでもよい。さらに、LADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報である場合、LADNを示す情報は、S-NSSAIを、さらに含んでもよい。
Conversely, when the LADN information is extended LADN information, the LADN information may be information in which a part of the configuration described above is extended. Specifically, when the LADN information is extended LADN information, the LADN service area may be an extended LADN service area. Further, when the LADN information is extended LADN information, the information indicating the LADN may further include information indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid and / or information indicating a granularity of the LADN service area. Further, when the LADN information is extended LADN information, the information indicating the LADN may further include S-NSSAI.
LADNサービスエリア (LADN service area) は、LADNに対するPDUセッションの確立が可能なエリアである。LADNサービスエリアは、LADNへの接続が可能なエリアであってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアは、LADNサービスエリア情報によって示されるエリアであってもよい。ここで、LADNサービスエリア情報は、LADNサービスエリアを識別する情報であってよく、トラッキングエリアのセットとして提供されてもよいし、TAI (Tracking area identity) listとして提供されてもよい。
The {LADN service area} is an area where a PDU session for the LADN can be established. The LADN service area may be an area where connection to the LADN is possible. Further, the LADN service area may be an area indicated by the LADN service area information. Here, the LADN service area information may be information for identifying the LADN service area, and may be provided as a set of tracking areas or may be provided as a TAI (Tracking area identity) list.
尚、LADNサービスエリアが従来のLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、現在、UEが接続しているレジストレーションエリアに属するトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってよい。言い換えると、LADNサービスエリアが従来のLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよい。逆に、LADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、前記トラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよいし、前記トラッキングエリア内の一部の基地局によってカバーされるエリアであってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、前記トラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリア以外のサイズのエリアであってもよいし、トラッキングエリアに依存しないエリアであってもよい。言い換えると、LADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリアは、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよいし、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアであってもよい。
Note that if the LADN service area is a conventional LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area configured by a tracking area belonging to a registration area to which the UE is currently connected. In other words, when the LADN service area is a conventional LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area configured by one or a plurality of tracking areas. Conversely, if the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area configured by the tracking area, or may be covered by some base stations in the tracking area. Area. Further, when the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area having a size other than the area configured by the tracking area, or may be an area that does not depend on the tracking area. Is also good. In other words, if the LADN service area is an extended LADN service area, the LADN service area may be an area configured by one or more tracking areas, or may be configured by one or more tracking areas. The area may be different from the area.
さらに、LADNサービスエリアが、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリア情報は、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアIDによって構成されるトラッキングエリアIDリストであってよい。逆に、LADNサービスエリアが、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアである場合、LADNサービスエリア情報は、RAN (Radio Access Network) のアシストが必要な情報であってもよく、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報であってもよい。ここで、RANのアシストが必要な情報は、セルの情報であってもよいし、基地局の情報であってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要な情報は、セルIDであってもよいし、基地局IDであってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要な情報は、これらに限らず、RANで定義される情報であってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報は、物理的な位置情報であってよく、アプリケーションによって取得可能な位置情報であってもよい。さらに、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報は、これらに限らず、RAN以外で取得可能な情報であってもよい。ここで、RANのことをアクセスネットワークと表現してもよい。逆に、アクセスネットワークのことをRANと称してもよい。
{Furthermore, when the LADN service area is an area constituted by one or a plurality of tracking areas, the LADN service area information may be a tracking area ID list constituted by one or a plurality of tracking area IDs. Conversely, if the LADN service area is an area different from the area configured by one or more tracking areas, the LADN service area information may be information that requires assistance from RAN (Radio Access Network). Alternatively, the information may not require the assistance of the RAN. Here, the information requiring RAN assistance may be cell information or base station information. Further, the information requiring RAN assistance may be a cell ID or a base station ID. Further, the information that requires RAN assistance is not limited to these, and may be information defined by RAN. Further, the information that does not require the assistance of the RAN may be physical position information or position information that can be obtained by an application. Further, the information that does not require the assistance of the RAN is not limited thereto, and may be information that can be acquired by other than the RAN. Here, the RAN may be expressed as an access network. Conversely, an access network may be referred to as a RAN.
LADNサービスエリアの拡張とは、従来のLADNサービスエリアとは異なる粒度のLADNサービスエリアを用いることを意味してもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアの拡張とは、従来のLADN情報とは異なる、拡張されたLADN情報を用いることを意味してもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアの拡張とは、従来のLADNと異なる、拡張されたLADNに接続すること意味してもよい。
The extension of the LADN service area may mean using a LADN service area having a different granularity from the conventional LADN service area. Further, the extension of the LADN service area may mean that extended LADN information different from conventional LADN information is used. Further, extending the LADN service area may mean connecting to an extended LADN different from the conventional LADN.
つまり、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、従来のLADNサービスエリアに加え、従来のLADNサービスエリアとは異なる、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアも適応可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、従来のLADN情報に加え、従来のLADN情報とは異なる、拡張されたLADN情報も使用可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、従来のLADNに加え、従来のLADNと異なる、拡張されたLADNに接続可能であってもよい。
In other words, when each device supports expansion of the LADN service area, in addition to the conventional LADN service area, an extended LADN service area different from the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable. Furthermore, when each device supports the extension of the LADN service area, in addition to the conventional LADN information, extended LADN information different from the conventional LADN information may be usable. Further, when each device supports expansion of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to an extended LADN different from the conventional LADN in addition to the conventional LADN.
逆に、各装置の内の一部がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの適応が可能ではなく、従来のLADNサービスエリアのみが適応可能であってよい。さらに、各装置の内の一部がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADN情報の使用が可能ではなく、従来のLADN情報のみが使用可能であってよい。さらに、各装置の内の一部がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNへの接続が可能ではなく、従来のLADNへの接続のみが可能であってよい。
Conversely, if some of the devices do not support the extension of the LADN service area, adaptation of the extended LADN service area is not possible, and only the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable. Furthermore, if some of the devices do not support the extension of the LADN service area, the use of the extended LADN information may not be possible, and only the conventional LADN information may be available. Furthermore, if some of the devices do not support expansion of the LADN service area, connection to the expanded LADN may not be possible, but only connection to the conventional LADN may be possible.
また、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの適応が可能ではなく、従来のLADNサービスエリアのみが適応可能であってよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、拡張されたLADN情報の使用が可能ではなく、従来のLADN情報のみが使用可能であってよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、拡張されたLADNへの接続が可能ではなく、従来のLADNへの接続のみが可能であってよい。
Also, if each device supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, adaptation of the extended LADN service area is not possible, and only the conventional LADN service area may be adaptable. Further, when each device supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the extended LADN information may not be used, and only the conventional LADN information may be used. Further, when each device supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the connection to the extended LADN may not be possible, and only the connection to the conventional LADN may be possible.
逆に、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアも適応可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADN情報も使用可能であってもよい。さらに、各装置がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、拡張されたLADNに接続可能であってもよい。
Conversely, if each device does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the extended LADN service area may be adaptable. Further, if each device does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the extended LADN information may be available. Further, when each device does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, it may be possible to connect to the extended LADN.
LADNのためのPDUセッション(PDU session for LADN) は、LADNに関連づけられたDNNに対応づけられたPDUセッションである。LADNのためのPDUセッションは、LADNに対して確立されるPDUセッションであってよい。言い換えると、UEとLADNとの間に確立されるPDUセッションであってもよいし、UEとLADNとの間のユーザデータ通信に用いられるPDUセッションであってもよい。尚、LADNのためのPDUセッションは、LADN service areaにおいてのみ確立可能なPDUセッションであってもよい。言い換えると、UEは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNを用いることで、LADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であってよい。さらに、言い換えると、UEは、特定の場所において、特定のDNNと特定のS-NSSAIとの組合せを用いることで、LADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であってよい。
The {PDU session for LADN (PDU {session} for {LADN)} is a PDU session associated with the DNN associated with the LADN. The PDU session for the LADN may be a PDU session established for the LADN. In other words, it may be a PDU session established between the UE and the LADN, or a PDU session used for user data communication between the UE and the LADN. The PDU session for LADN may be a PDU session that can be established only in the LADN service area. In other words, the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for LADN by using a specific DNN at a specific location. Further, in other words, the UE may be able to establish a PDU session for a LADN by using a combination of a specific DNN and a specific S-NSSAI at a specific location.
第1の識別情報は、UEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第1の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示すビットであってもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示すビットであってもよい。
The first identification information is information indicating whether or not the UE supports expansion of the LADN service area. The first identification information may be a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported.
また、第1の識別情報は、UEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートするか否かを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートすることを示すビットであってもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示すビットであってもよい。
{Circle around (1)} The first identification information may be information indicating whether or not the UE supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area. Furthermore, the first identification information may be a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported. Good.
さらに、第1の識別情報は、5GでのUEの能力を示す、5GMM能力情報要素 (5GMM capability information element) を構成するビットでもよい。さらに、第1の識別情報は、UEの能力情報、及び/又はUEの設定、及び/又はUEの状態、及び/又はユーザポリシー、及び/又はアプリケーションの要求に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。
{Further, the first identification information may be a bit constituting a 5GMM capability information element {(5GMM capability information element)} indicating the capability of the UE in 5G. Furthermore, the first identification information is information selected and determined based on UE capability information, and / or UE settings, and / or UE status, and / or user policies, and / or application requirements. It may be.
第11の識別情報は、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートするか否かを示す情報である。第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示すビットであってもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示すビットであってもよい。
Eleventh identification information is information indicating whether or not the network supports expansion of the LADN service area. The eleventh identification information may be a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported.
また、第11の識別情報は、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートするか否かを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートすることを示すビットであってもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示すビットであってもよい。
{Circle around (11)} The eleventh identification information may be information indicating whether or not the network supports the use restriction of extension of the LADN service area. Further, the eleventh identification information may be a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is supported, or a bit indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported. Good.
さらに、第11の識別情報は、5Gでのネットワークの能力を示す、5GSネットワーク機能サポート情報要素 (5GS network feature support information element) を構成するビットでもよい。さらに、第11の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第1の識別情報、及び/又はDNに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。さらに、第11の識別情報は、本手続きにおいて、ネットワークが選択した他の識別情報に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。
{Furthermore, the eleventh identification information may be a bit constituting a 5GS network function support information element {5GS network function support information element} that indicates the capability of the network in 5G. Further, the eleventh identification information may be the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network. And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Furthermore, the eleventh identification information may be information that is selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
第12の識別情報は、LADN情報である。第12の識別情報は、ネットワークが許可したLADN情報であってよく、有効であるLADN情報であってもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報は、UEが接続しているレジストレーションエリアにおいて、LADNサービスエリアが存在する場合に送受信される情報であってもよい。
12Twelfth identification information is LADN information. The twelfth identification information may be LADN information permitted by the network, or may be valid LADN information. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information transmitted and received when a LADN service area exists in a registration area to which the UE is connected.
さらに、第1の識別情報、及び/又は第11の識別情報が、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすること示す情報である場合、第12の識別情報は、従来のLADN情報とは異なる、拡張されたLADN情報であってもよい。逆に、第1の識別情報、及び/又は第11の識別情報が、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないこと示す情報である場合、第12の識別情報は、従来のLADN情報であってよい。
Further, when the first identification information and / or the eleventh identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the twelfth identification information is different from the conventional LADN information and is extended. May be LADN information. Conversely, if the first identification information and / or the eleventh identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
また、第1の識別情報、及び/又は第11の識別情報が、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートすること示す情報である場合、第12の識別情報は、従来のLADN情報であってよい。逆に、第1の識別情報、及び/又は第11の識別情報が、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないこと示す情報である場合、第12の識別情報は、従来のLADN情報とは異なる、拡張されたLADN情報であってもよい。
Further, when the first identification information and / or the eleventh identification information is information indicating that the usage limitation of the extension of the LADN service area is supported, the twelfth identification information is the conventional LADN information. Good. Conversely, if the first identification information and / or the eleventh identification information is information indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the twelfth identification information is different from the conventional LADN information. It may be different, extended LADN information.
さらに、第12の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第1の識別情報、及び/又はDNに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。さらに、第12の識別情報は、本手続きにおいて、ネットワークが選択した他の識別情報に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。
Further, the twelfth identification information is the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Further, the twelfth identification information may be information that is selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
第13の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの粒度を示す情報である。第13の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアのサイズを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第13の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と対応づけられて送受信されてもよいし、第12の識別情報に含まれるLADN毎に存在する情報(以下では、LADNを示す情報と称す)と対応づけられて送受信されてもよい。さらに、第13の識別情報は、LADNを示す情報毎に送受信されてもよい。この場合、第13の識別情報は、LADNを示す情報毎に異なってもよいし、複数のLADNを示す情報間で同じであってもよい。
13The thirteenth identification information is information indicating the granularity of the LADN service area. The thirteenth identification information may be information indicating the size of the LADN service area. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be transmitted / received in association with the twelfth identification information, or information existing for each LADN included in the twelfth identification information (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating the LADN). ) May be transmitted and received. Further, the thirteenth identification information may be transmitted and received for each piece of information indicating the LADN. In this case, the thirteenth identification information may be different for each piece of information indicating a LADN, or may be the same between pieces of information indicating a plurality of LADNs.
尚、第13の識別情報が、LADNを示す情報と対応づけられて送受信される場合、第13の識別情報は、LADNを示す情報に含まれるLADNサービスエリア情報(以下では、LADNサービスエリア情報と称す)の粒度を示す情報であってもよい。
When the thirteenth identification information is transmitted and received in association with the information indicating the LADN, the thirteenth identification information is the LADN service area information included in the information indicating the LADN (hereinafter, the LADN service area information and the ) May be information indicating the granularity.
例えば、第13の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアとして、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアが使用されることを示す情報であってもよい。この場合、LADNサービスエリア情報には、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアIDによって構成されるトラッキングエリアIDリストが設定されてもよい。
For example, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area constituted by one or more tracking areas is used as the LADN service area. In this case, a tracking area ID list composed of one or more tracking area IDs may be set in the LADN service area information.
さらに、第13の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアとして、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアが使用されることを示す情報であってもよい。この場合、LADNサービスエリア情報には、RANのアシストが必要な情報が設定されてもよいし、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報が設定されてもよい。
Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area different from an area constituted by one or more tracking areas is used as the LADN service area. In this case, information that requires RAN assistance or information that does not require RAN assistance may be set in the LADN service area information.
さらに、第13の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアとして、トラッキングエリア内の一部の基地局によってカバーされるエリアが使用されることを示す情報であってもよい。この場合、LADNサービスエリア情報には、セルID、及び/又は一又は複数のセルIDによって構成されるセルIDリストが設定されてもよい。
Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area covered by some base stations in the tracking area is used as the LADN service area. In this case, a cell ID and / or a cell ID list including one or more cell IDs may be set in the LADN service area information.
さらに、第13の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアとして、トラッキングエリアに依存せずに設定されたエリアが使用されることを示す情報であってもよい。この場合、LADNサービスエリア情報には、物理的な位置情報が設定されてもよい。
Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information indicating that an area set independent of the tracking area is used as the LADN service area. In this case, physical location information may be set in the LADN service area information.
ここで、第13の識別情報が送受信されない、及び/又は第13の識別情報が無効な情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアとして、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアが使用されてもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリア情報には、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアIDによって構成されるトラッキングエリアIDリストが設定されてもよい。尚、第13の識別情報によって示される粒度、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報は、これらに限らなくてよい。
Here, if the thirteenth identification information is not transmitted / received and / or the thirteenth identification information is invalid information, an area configured by one or more tracking areas may be used as the LADN service area. . Further, a tracking area ID list including one or a plurality of tracking area IDs may be set in the LADN service area information. Note that the granularity and / or the LADN service area information indicated by the thirteenth identification information need not be limited to these.
さらに、第13の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第1の識別情報、及び/又はDNに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。さらに、第13の識別情報は、本手続きにおいて、ネットワークが選択した他の識別情報に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。
Further, the thirteenth identification information is the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network, And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Furthermore, the thirteenth identification information may be information that is selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
第14の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報である。第14の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアが、現在有効であるか否かを示す情報であってもよい。さらに、第14の識別情報は、第12の識別情報と対応づけられて送受信されてもよいし、第12の識別情報に含まれるLADN毎に存在する情報(以下では、LADNを示す情報と称す)と対応づけられて送受信されてもよい。さらに、第14の識別情報は、LADNを示す情報毎に送受信されてもよい。この場合、第14の識別情報は、LADNを示す情報毎に異なってもよいし、複数のLADNを示す情報間で同じであってもよい。
14The fourteenth identification information is information indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid. The fourteenth identification information may be information indicating whether or not the LADN service area is currently valid. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be transmitted / received in association with the twelfth identification information, or information existing for each LADN included in the twelfth identification information (hereinafter, referred to as information indicating the LADN). ) May be transmitted and received. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be transmitted and received for each piece of information indicating the LADN. In this case, the fourteenth identification information may be different for each piece of information indicating a LADN, or may be the same between pieces of information indicating a plurality of LADNs.
ここで、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報とは、LADNサービスエリアが有効である時間を示す情報であってもよいし、具体的な日時によって示された期間を示す情報であってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報は、特定の時間帯を示す情報であってもよいし、特定の曜日を示す情報であってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報は、特定の日を示す情報であってもよいし、特定の週を示す情報であってもよい。さらに、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報は、特定の月を示す情報であってもよいし、特定の年を示す情報であってもよい。
Here, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating the time during which the LADN service area is valid, or information indicating the period indicated by a specific date and time. Is also good. Further, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating a specific time zone or information indicating a specific day of the week. Further, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating a specific day or information indicating a specific week. Further, the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid may be information indicating a specific month or information indicating a specific year.
ここで、第14の識別情報が送受信されない、及び/又は第14の識別情報が無効な情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間は、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNを示す情報が更新されるまでの間であってもよい。尚、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報は、これらに限らなくてよい。
Here, if the fourteenth identification information is not transmitted / received and / or the fourteenth identification information is invalid information, the LADN information and / or the information indicating the LADN are updated during a period in which the LADN service area is valid. It may be until it is done. Note that the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid is not limited to these.
さらに、第14の識別情報は、ネットワークによって、受信した第1の識別情報、及び/又はDNに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はNSIに対応づけられた情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報等に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。さらに、第14の識別情報は、本手続きにおいて、ネットワークが選択した他の識別情報に基づいて、選択、決定される情報であってもよい。
Further, the fourteenth identification information may be the first identification information received by the network, and / or the information associated with the DN, and / or the information associated with the NSI, and / or the capability information of the network. And / or information determined and / or determined based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and the like. Further, the fourteenth identification information may be information selected and determined based on other identification information selected by the network in this procedure.
[3.2. 各実施形態で用いられる手続きの説明]
次に、各実施形態で用いられる手続きについて説明する。尚、各実施形態で用いられる手続きには、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、PDUセッション確立手続き(PDU session establishment procedure)、UE設定更新手続き(Generic UE configuration update procedure)が含まれる。以下、各手続きについて説明していく。 [3.2. Explanation of procedures used in each embodiment]
Next, a procedure used in each embodiment will be described. The procedures used in each embodiment include a registration procedure, a PDU session establishment procedure, and a UE configuration update procedure. Hereinafter, each procedure will be described.
次に、各実施形態で用いられる手続きについて説明する。尚、各実施形態で用いられる手続きには、登録手続き(Registration procedure)、PDUセッション確立手続き(PDU session establishment procedure)、UE設定更新手続き(Generic UE configuration update procedure)が含まれる。以下、各手続きについて説明していく。 [3.2. Explanation of procedures used in each embodiment]
Next, a procedure used in each embodiment will be described. The procedures used in each embodiment include a registration procedure, a PDU session establishment procedure, and a UE configuration update procedure. Hereinafter, each procedure will be described.
尚、各実施形態では、図2に記載されているように、HSSとUDM、PCFとPCRF、SMFとPGW-C、UPFとPGW-Uが、それぞれ同一の装置(つまり、同一の物理的なハードウェア、又は同一の論理的なハードウェア、又は同一のソフトウェア)として構成されている場合を例にとって説明する。しかし、本実施形態に記載される内容は、これらが異なる装置(つまり、異なる物理的なハードウェア、又は異なる論理的なハードウェア、又は異なるソフトウェア)として構成される場合にも適用可能である。例えば、これらの間で、直接データの送受信を行ってもよいし、AMF、MME間のN26インターフェースを介してデータを送受信してもよいし、UEを介してデータを送受信してもよい。
In each embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, HSS and UDM, PCF and PCRF, SMF and PGW-C, and UPF and PGW-U are respectively the same device (that is, the same physical device). Hardware, or the same logical hardware, or the same software) will be described as an example. However, the contents described in the present embodiment can also be applied to a case where these are configured as different devices (that is, different physical hardware, different logical hardware, or different software). For example, data transmission / reception may be performed directly between them, data may be transmitted / received via the N26 interface between the AMF and the MME, or data may be transmitted / received via the UE.
[3.2.1.登録手続き]
まず、登録手続き (Registration procedure) について、図6を用いて説明する。登録手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。以下、本手続きとは登録手続きを指す。登録手続きは、UEが主導してアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDNへ登録する為の手続きである。UEは、ネットワークに登録していない状態であれば、例えば、電源投入時等の任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UEは、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)に遷移することができる。 [3.2.1. Registration procedure]
First, the registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. The registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the registration procedure. The registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to register with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN under the initiative of the UE. If the UE has not been registered in the network, the UE can execute this procedure at an arbitrary timing such as when power is turned on. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at an arbitrary timing in a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state). Also, each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
まず、登録手続き (Registration procedure) について、図6を用いて説明する。登録手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。以下、本手続きとは登録手続きを指す。登録手続きは、UEが主導してアクセスネットワーク_B、及び/又はコアネットワーク_B、及び/又はDNへ登録する為の手続きである。UEは、ネットワークに登録していない状態であれば、例えば、電源投入時等の任意のタイミングで本手続きを実行することができる。言い換えると、UEは、非登録状態(RM-DEREGISTERED state)であれば任意のタイミングで本手続きを開始できる。また、各装置(特にUEとAMF)は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録状態(RM-REGISTERED state)に遷移することができる。 [3.2.1. Registration procedure]
First, the registration procedure will be described with reference to FIG. The registration procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Hereinafter, this procedure refers to the registration procedure. The registration procedure is a procedure for the UE to register with the access network_B and / or the core network_B and / or the DN under the initiative of the UE. If the UE has not been registered in the network, the UE can execute this procedure at an arbitrary timing such as when power is turned on. In other words, the UE can start this procedure at an arbitrary timing in a non-registered state (RM-DEREGISTERED state). Also, each device (especially UE and AMF) can transition to the registered state (RM-REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the registration procedure.
さらに、登録手続きは、ネットワークにおけるUEの位置登録情報を更新する、及び/又は、UEからネットワークへ定期的にUEの状態を通知する、及び/又は、ネットワークにおけるUEに関する特定のパラメータを更新する為の手続きであってもよい。
Further, the registration procedure updates the location registration information of the UE in the network, and / or notifies the status of the UE from the UE to the network periodically, and / or updates specific parameters related to the UE in the network. Procedure may be used.
UEは、TAを跨ぐモビリティをした際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、保持しているTAリストで示されるTAとは異なるTAに移動した際に、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、実行しているタイマーが満了した際に本手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッションの切断や無効化が原因で各装置のコンテキストの更新が必要な際に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEのPDUセッション確立に関する、能力情報、及び/又はプリファレンスに変化が生じた場合、登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、定期的に登録手続きを開始してもよい。さらに、UEは、UE設定更新手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを開始してもよい。尚、UEは、これらに限らず、任意のタイミングで登録手続きを実行することができる。
The UE may start the registration procedure when mobility across TAs is performed. In other words, the UE may start the registration procedure when moving to a TA different from the TA indicated in the retained TA list. Further, the UE may start this procedure when the running timer expires. Further, the UE may start the registration procedure when the context of each device needs to be updated due to disconnection or invalidation of the PDU session. Further, the UE may initiate a registration procedure when a change occurs in capability information and / or preferences regarding UE PDU session establishment. Further, the UE may periodically initiate a registration procedure. Further, the UE may start the registration procedure based on the completion of the UE setting update procedure. Note that the UE is not limited to these, and can execute the registration procedure at any timing.
まず、UEは、AMFに登録要求(Registration request)メッセージを送信することにより(S800)(S802)(S804)、登録手続きを開始する。具体的には、UEは、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを、5G AN(又はgNB)に送信する(S800)。尚、登録要求メッセージは、NASメッセージである。また、RRCメッセージは、UEと5G AN(又はgNB)との間で送受信される制御メッセージであってよい。また、NASメッセージはNASレイヤで処理され、RRCメッセージはRRCレイヤで処理される。尚、NASレイヤはRRCレイヤよりも上位のレイヤである。
First, the UE starts a registration procedure by transmitting a registration request (Registration @ request) message to the AMF (S800) (S802) (S804). Specifically, the UE transmits an RRC message including a registration request message to 5G @ AN (or gNB) (S800). The registration request message is a NAS message. Further, the RRC message may be a control message transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G @ AN (or gNB). Further, the NAS message is processed in the NAS layer, and the RRC message is processed in the RRC layer. Note that the NAS layer is a higher layer than the RRC layer.
ここで、UEは、少なくとも第1の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに含めて送信することができるが、これらとは異なる制御メッセージ、例えば、RRCレイヤよりも下位のレイヤ(例えば、MACレイヤ、RLCレイヤ、PDCPレイヤ)の制御メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。尚、UEは、これらの識別情報を、送信することで、UEが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求を示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。
Here, the UE can transmit at least the first identification information included in the registration request message and / or the RRC message, but control messages different from these, for example, a layer lower than the RRC layer (for example, , MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer). The UE may transmit the identification information to indicate that the UE supports each function, or may indicate a request from the UE. Further, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more pieces of identification information of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received with the same identification information or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報を第1の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す第1の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。逆にUEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていないことを示す情報を第1の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていないことを示す第1の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、第1の識別情報を送信しなくてもよい。
If the UE supports the extension of the LADN service area, the information indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area may be set to the first identification information, or the first indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area. May be included in the registration request message and transmitted. Conversely, if the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, the UE may set information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported as the first identification information, or the extension of the LADN service area. May be included in the registration request message and transmitted, or the first identification information may not be transmitted.
また、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す情報を第1の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す第1の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。逆にUEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていないことを示す情報を第1の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていないことを示す第1の識別情報を、登録要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、第1の識別情報を送信しなくてもよい。
Further, when the UE supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the information indicating the support of the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area may be set as the first identification information, or the LADN service area. The first identification information indicating the support of the use restriction of the extension may be included in the registration request message and transmitted. Conversely, if the UE does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the UE may set information indicating that the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported in the first identification information. Alternatively, the first identification information indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported may be included in the registration request message and transmitted, or the first identification information may not be transmitted.
さらに、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、UEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていることを示してもよい。この場合、第1の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報であってよい。
Furthermore, the UE may transmit the first identification information to indicate that the UE supports extension of the LADN service area. In this case, the first identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area.
逆に、UEは、第1の識別情報を送信することで、UEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートすることを示してもよい。この場合、第1の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す情報であってよい。
Conversely, the UE may transmit the first identification information to indicate that the UE supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area. In this case, the first identification information may be information indicating support for use restriction of extension of the LADN service area.
また、UEは、登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を含めて送信することで、又は登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を送信することで、登録手続き中にPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。
Also, the UE, by transmitting the registration request message including an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message), or by transmitting an SM message with the registration request message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message), The PDU session establishment procedure may be started during the registration procedure.
5G AN(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージを含むRRCメッセージを受信すると、登録要求メッセージを転送するAMFを選択する(S802)。尚、5G AN(又はgNB)は、登録要求メッセージ及び/又はRRCメッセージに含まれる情報に基づいて、AMFを選択することができる。5G AN(又はgNB)は、受信したRRCメッセージから登録要求メッセージを取り出し、選択したAMFに、登録要求メッセージを転送する(S804)。
Upon receiving the RRC message including the registration request message, the {5G} AN (or gNB) selects an AMF to which the registration request message is transferred (S802). Note that the 5G @ AN (or gNB) can select the AMF based on information included in the registration request message and / or the RRC message. 5G @ AN (or gNB) extracts the registration request message from the received RRC message, and transfers the registration request message to the selected AMF (S804).
AMFは、登録要求メッセージを受信した場合、第1の条件判別を実行することができる。第1の条件判別とは、ネットワーク(又はAMF)がUEの要求を受諾するか否かを判別するためのものである。AMFは、第1の条件判別が真の場合、図6の(A)の手続きを開始するのに対し、第1の条件判別が偽の場合、図6の(B)の手続きを開始する。
When the AMF receives the registration request message, it can execute the first condition determination. The first condition determination is for determining whether the network (or AMF) accepts the request of the UE. The AMF starts the procedure of FIG. 6 (A) when the first condition determination is true, and starts the procedure of FIG. 6 (B) when the first condition determination is false.
尚、第1の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又は登録要求メッセージに含まれる各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、UEの要求をネットワークが許可する場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求をネットワークが許可しない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。また、UEの登録先のネットワーク、及び/又はネットワーク内の装置が、UEの要求する機能をサポートしている場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、UEの要求する機能をサポートしていない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。さらに、送受信される識別情報が許可される場合、第1の条件判別は真であり、送受信される識別情報が許可されない場合、第1の条件判別は偽でよい。尚、第1の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。
Note that the first condition determination is to receive a registration request message, and / or each identification information included in the registration request message, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or an operator policy, and It may be executed based on network status, and / or user registration information, and / or the context held by the AMF, and the like. For example, if the network grants the UE request, the first condition determination may be true, and if the network does not grant the UE request, the first condition determination may be false. Further, the network of the registration destination of the UE, and / or a device in the network, if the function requested by the UE is supported, the first condition determination is true, does not support the function requested by the UE In this case, the first condition determination may be false. Further, when transmitted and received identification information is permitted, the first condition determination may be true, and when transmitted and received identification information is not permitted, the first condition determination may be false. Note that the condition for determining whether the first condition is true or false is not limited to the above-described condition.
まず、第1の条件判別が真の場合について説明する。AMFは、図6の(A)の手続きにおいて、まず第4の条件判別を実行することができる。第4の条件判別は、AMFがSMFとの間でSMメッセージの送受信を実施するか否かを判別するためのものである。
First, the case where the first condition determination is true will be described. The AMF can first execute the fourth condition determination in the procedure of FIG. 6A. The fourth condition determination is for determining whether or not the AMF transmits / receives an SM message to / from the SMF.
尚、第4の条件判別は、AMFがSMメッセージを受信したか否かに基づいて実行されてよい。また、第4の条件判別は、登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージが含まれているかに基づいて、実行されてもよい。例えば、AMFがSMメッセージを受信した場合、及び/又は登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージが含まれていた場合、第4の条件判別は真であってよく、AMFがSMメッセージを受信しなかった場合、及び/又は登録要求メッセージにSMメッセージが含まれていなかった場合、第4の条件判別は偽であってよい。尚、第4の条件判別の真偽が決まる条件は前述した条件に限らなくてもよい。
Note that the fourth condition determination may be performed based on whether the AMF has received the SM message. Further, the fourth condition determination may be executed based on whether the registration request message includes the SM message. For example, if the AMF receives the SM message, and / or if the SM message was included in the registration request message, the fourth condition determination may be true, if the AMF did not receive the SM message, If the registration request message does not include the SM message, the fourth condition determination may be false. The condition for determining whether the fourth condition is true or false is not limited to the above-described condition.
AMFは、第4の条件判別が真の場合には、SMFを選択し、選択されたSMFとの間でSMメッセージの送受信を実行するのに対し、第4の条件判別が偽の場合には、それらを実行しない(S806)。また、AMFは、第4の条件判別が真の場合であっても、SMFから拒絶を示すSMメッセージを受信した場合には、図6の(A)の手続きを中止する場合がある。このとき、AMFは、図6の(B)の手続きを開始することができる。
The AMF selects the SMF when the fourth condition determination is true, and performs transmission / reception of the SM message with the selected SMF, whereas when the fourth condition determination is false, Are not executed (S806). In addition, even when the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may stop the procedure of FIG. 6A when receiving the SM message indicating rejection from the SMF. At this time, the AMF can start the procedure of FIG. 6 (B).
尚、AMFは、S806において、SMFとの間でSMメッセージの送受信を行う際に、登録要求メッセージで受信した識別情報をSMFに通知することができる。SMFは、AMFとの間で、SMメッセージの送受信によって、AMFから受信した識別情報を取得することができる。
Note that the AMF can notify the SMF of the identification information received in the registration request message when transmitting and receiving the SM message with the SMF in S806. The SMF can acquire the identification information received from the AMF by transmitting / receiving the SM message to / from the AMF.
次に、AMFは、登録要求メッセージの受信、及び/又はSMFとの間のSMメッセージの送受信の完了に基づいて、登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、5G AN(又はgNB)を介して、UEに登録受諾(Registration accept)メッセージを送信する(S808)。例えば、第4の条件判別が真の場合、AMFは、UEからの登録要求メッセージの受信に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信してもよい。また、第4の条件判別が偽の場合、AMFは、SMFとの間のSMメッセージの送受信の完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信してもよい。尚、登録受諾メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。
Next, the AMF receives the registration request message, and / or based on the completion of transmission and reception of the SM message between the SMF, as a response message to the registration request message, via 5GAN (or gNB), to the UE A registration acceptance (Registration @ accept) message is transmitted (S808). For example, if the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may send a registration acceptance message based on receiving a registration request message from the UE. When the fourth condition determination is false, the AMF may transmit a registration acceptance message based on the completion of transmission and reception of the SM message with the SMF. Note that the registration acceptance message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, and is transmitted and received between the UE and 5G @ AN (gNB) by being included in the RRC message.
AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに少なくとも第11から14の識別情報の内、1つ以上の識別情報を含めて送信してもよい。尚、AMFは、これらの識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークが各機能をサポートしていることを示してもよいし、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。さらに、複数の識別情報が送受信される場合、これらの識別情報の2以上の識別情報は、1以上の識別情報として構成されてもよい。尚、各機能のサポートを示す情報と、各機能の使用の要求を示す情報は、同じ識別情報と送受信されてもよいし、異なる識別情報として送受信されてもよい。
The AMF may transmit the registration acceptance message including at least one of the eleventh to fourteenth identification information. The AMF may indicate that the network supports each function by transmitting these identification information, or may indicate that the request of the UE has been accepted. Further, when a plurality of pieces of identification information are transmitted and received, two or more pieces of identification information of these pieces of identification information may be configured as one or more pieces of identification information. The information indicating the support of each function and the information indicating a request to use each function may be transmitted and received with the same identification information or may be transmitted and received as different identification information.
AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしている場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報を第11の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す第11の識別情報を、登録受諾メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。逆にAMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていないことを示す情報を第11の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていないことを示す第11の識別情報を、登録受諾メッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、第11の識別情報を送信しなくてもよい。
When the AMF supports the extension of the LADN service area, the information indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area may be set to the eleventh identification information, or the eleventh information indicating the support of the extension of the LADN service area may be set. May be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted. Conversely, if the AMF does not support the extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may set information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported in the eleventh identification information, or the extension of the LADN service area. May be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted, or the eleventh identification information may not be transmitted.
また、AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしている場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す情報を第11の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す第11の識別情報を、登録受諾メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。逆にAMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていない場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていないことを示す情報を第11の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていないことを示す第11の識別情報を、登録受諾メッセージに含めて送信してもよいし、第11の識別情報を送信しなくてもよい。
Further, when the AMF supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may set information indicating the support of the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area in the eleventh identification information, Eleventh identification information indicating support for the use restriction of the extension may be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted. Conversely, if the AMF does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may set information indicating that the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported in the eleventh identification information. Alternatively, the eleventh identification information indicating that the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area is not supported may be included in the registration acceptance message and transmitted, or the eleventh identification information may not be transmitted.
さらに、AMFは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていることを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、LADNサービスエリアの拡張が使用可能であることを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用を許可したことを示してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報であってよい。
Furthermore, the AMF may indicate that the network supports extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information. Further, the AMF may indicate that extension of the LADN service area is available by transmitting the eleventh identification information. Further, the AMF may indicate that the network has authorized the use of the extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area.
逆に、AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を送信する、又は第11の識別情報を送信しないことで、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていないことを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を送信する、又は第11の識別情報を送信しないことで、LADNサービスエリアの拡張が使用可能ではないことを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を送信する、又は第11の識別情報を送信しないことで、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用を許可していないことを示してもよい。
Conversely, the AMF sends the eleventh identification indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or the network does not support the extension of the LADN service area by not sending the eleventh identification. May be indicated. Further, the AMF indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not available by sending an eleventh identification indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, or not transmitting the eleventh identification. You may. In addition, the AMF sends the eleventh identity indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or does not send the eleventh identity to allow the network to use the extension of the LADN service area. May be indicated.
さらに、AMFは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートすることを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第11の識別情報を送信することで、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用が制限されていることを示してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す情報であってよい。
Furthermore, the AMF may indicate that the network supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information. Further, the AMF may indicate that the use of the extension of the LADN service area is restricted by transmitting the eleventh identification information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for use restriction of extension of the LADN service area.
逆に、AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を送信すること、又は第11の識別情報を送信しないことで、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を送信すること、又は第11の識別情報を送信しないことで、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用が制限されていないことを示してもよい。
Conversely, the AMF sends the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or does not send the eleventh identification information, so that the network can It may indicate that usage restrictions are not supported. In addition, the AMF restricts the use of the extension of the LADN service area by transmitting the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or by not transmitting the eleventh identification information. May be indicated.
ここで、AMFは、第1の識別情報に基づいて、第11の識別情報を送信してもよい。具体的には、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す第11の識別情報をUEに送信してもよい。逆に、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す情報である場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報をUEに送信してもよい。
Here, the AMF may transmit the eleventh identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may transmit, to the UE, eleventh identification information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. . Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF transmits to the UE the eleventh identification information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported. Is also good.
さらに、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す情報であり、さらに、AMFがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用を制限することを決定した場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限を示す情報を第11の識別情報に設定してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限を示す第11の識別情報をUEに送信してもよい。逆に、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す情報である場合、第11の識別情報を送信しなくてもよい。
Further, the AMF is information indicating that the first identification information supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, and further, if the AMF decides to restrict the use of the extension of the LADN service area, the LADN service area May be set to the eleventh identification information, or the eleventh identification information indicating the usage restriction of the extension of the LADN service area may be transmitted to the UE. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF does not have to transmit the eleventh identification information.
さらに、AMFは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、ネットワークが、LADNをサポートしていることを示してもよいし、LADNへの接続を許可していることを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、LADNへの接続において利用可能なDNNの一覧、及び/又はLADNへの接続が可能なエリアであるLADNサービスエリアを、UEに通知してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第12の識別情報を送信することで、LADNへの接続において利用可能な一又は複数のS-NSSAIを、UEに通知してもよい。尚、LADNへの接続において利用可能なS-NSSAIと、LADNへの接続において利用可能なDNN、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアとは、関連づけられていてもよい。
Furthermore, the AMF may indicate that the network supports LADN or indicate that connection to the LADN is permitted by transmitting the twelfth identification information. Further, the AMF notifies the UE of the list of DNNs available for connection to the LADN and / or the LADN service area which is an area where the connection to the LADN is possible by transmitting the twelfth identification information. May be. Further, the AMF may notify the UE of one or more S-NSSAIs available for connection to the LADN by transmitting the twelfth identification information. Note that the S-NSSAI that can be used for connecting to the LADN may be associated with the DNN and / or the LADN service area that can be used for connecting to the LADN.
ここで、AMFは、第1の識別情報に基づいて、第12の識別情報を送信してもよい。具体的には、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報である場合、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアをLADNサービスエリアとして設定してもよいし、拡張されたLADN情報をLADN情報として設定してもよいし、設定したLADN情報を第12の識別情報としてUEに送信してもよい。逆に、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す情報である場合、従来のLADNサービスエリアをLADNサービスエリアとして設定してもよいし、従来のLADN情報をLADN情報として設定してもよいし、設定したLADN情報を第12の識別情報としてUEに送信してもよい。
Here, the AMF may transmit the twelfth identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area, the AMF may set the extended LADN service area as the LADN service area, or The information may be set as LADN information, or the set LADN information may be transmitted to the UE as twelfth identification information. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF may set the conventional LADN service area as the LADN service area, or It may be set as LADN information, or the set LADN information may be transmitted to the UE as twelfth identification information.
さらに、AMFは、第13の識別情報を送信することで、LADNサービスエリアの粒度を示してもよい。より詳細には、AMFは、第12の識別情報と共に、第13の識別情報を送信することで、第12の識別情報で示されるLADN情報に含まれるLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアの粒度を示してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアとして使用が可能であるエリアを通知してもよい。具体的には、AMFは、第12の識別情報と共に、第13の識別情報を送信することで、第12の識別情報に含まれるLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであることを示してもよいし、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアであることを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、第12の識別情報と共に、第13の識別情報を送信することで、LADNサービスエリア情報として、トラッキングエリアIDリストが含まれていることを示してもよいし、RANのアシストが必要な情報が含まれていることを示してもよいし、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報が含まれてことを示してもよい。
AMF may further indicate the granularity of the LADN service area by transmitting the thirteenth identification information. More specifically, the AMF transmits the thirteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, so that the granularity of the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the LADN information indicated by the twelfth identification information May be indicated, or an area that can be used as the LADN service area may be notified. Specifically, the AMF transmits the thirteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, so that the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the twelfth identification information has one or more tracking information. It may indicate that the area is constituted by an area, or may indicate that the area is different from an area constituted by one or more tracking areas. Further, the AMF may transmit the thirteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information to indicate that the tracking area ID list is included as the LADN service area information. It may indicate that necessary information is included, or may indicate that information that does not require RAN assistance is included.
ここで、AMFは、第1の識別情報に基づいて、第13の識別情報を送信するか否かを決定してもよい。具体的には、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報である場合、第13の識別情報をUEに送信してもよい。逆に、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す情報である場合、第13の識別情報をUEに送信しなくてもよい。
Here, the AMF may determine whether to transmit the thirteenth identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, the AMF may transmit the thirteenth identification information to the UE when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF may not need to transmit the thirteenth identification information to the UE.
さらに、AMFは、第14の識別情報を送信することで、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示してもよい。より詳細には、AMFは、第12の識別情報と共に、第14の識別情報を送信することで、第12の識別情報で示されるLADN情報に含まれるLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示してもよい。
Furthermore, the AMF may indicate the period during which the LADN service area is valid by transmitting the fourteenth identification information. More specifically, the AMF transmits the fourteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, so that the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the LADN information indicated by the twelfth identification information is valid. May be indicated.
ここで、AMFは、第1の識別情報に基づいて、第14の識別情報を送信するか否かを決定してもよい。具体的には、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報である場合、第14の識別情報をUEに送信してもよい。逆に、AMFは、第1の識別情報がLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す情報である場合、第14の識別情報をUEに送信しなくてもよい。
Here, the AMF may determine whether to transmit the fourteenth identification information based on the first identification information. Specifically, the AMF may transmit the fourteenth identification information to the UE when the first identification information is information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. Conversely, if the first identification information is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, the AMF may not need to transmit the fourteenth identification information to the UE.
さらに、AMFは、第12の識別情報と共に、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を送信することで、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能であることを示してもよいし、使用可能である、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報を通知してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報であってよく、第12の識別情報は、拡張されたLADN情報であってよい。
Further, the AMF transmits the eleventh identification information, together with the twelfth identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, so that the extended LADN information, and / or It may indicate that the extended LADN service area can be used, and may notify the available LADN information and / or the LADN service area information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area, and the twelfth identification information may be extended LADN information.
逆に、AMFは、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第12の識別情報を送信し、第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を送信しないことで、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能ではないことを示してもよい。言い換えると、AMFは、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第12の識別情報を送信し、第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を送信しないことで、従来のLADN情報、及び/又は従来のLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能であることを示してもよいし、使用可能である、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報を通知してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張がサポートされないことを示す情報であってよく、第12の識別情報は、従来のLADN情報であってよい。
Conversely, the AMF transmits the eleventh identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information, and does not transmit the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information. And / or may indicate that use of the extended LADN service area is not possible. In other words, the AMF transmits the eleventh identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information, and does not transmit the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, so that the conventional LADN information, and It may indicate that a conventional LADN service area can be used, and may notify the available LADN information and / or LADN service area information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating that expansion of the LADN service area is not supported, and the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
さらに、AMFは、第12の識別情報を送信し、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を送信しないことで、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能ではないことを示してもよい。言い換えると、AMFは、第12の識別情報を送信し、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を送信しないことで、従来のLADN情報、及び/又は従来のLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能であることを示してもよいし、使用可能である、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報を通知してもよい。この場合、第12の識別情報は、従来のLADN情報であってよい。
Further, the AMF transmits the twelfth identification information, the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or does not transmit the fourteenth identification information, thereby expanding the LADN information, and It may indicate that the use of the extended LADN service area is not possible. In other words, the AMF transmits the twelfth identification information, the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or by not transmitting the fourteenth identification information, the conventional LADN information, and It may indicate that a conventional LADN service area can be used, and may notify the available LADN information and / or LADN service area information. In this case, the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
尚、AMFは、第11から14の識別情報の内、どの識別情報を登録受諾メッセージに含めるかを、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、選択、決定してもよい。
The AMF determines which identification information among the identification information of the eleventh to fourteenth to be included in the registration acceptance message by each received identification information and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or Alternatively, the selection and the determination may be made based on an operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or a context held by the AMF.
また、AMFは、登録受諾メッセージにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を含めて送信するか、又は登録受諾メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ)を送信することができる。ただし、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージの中にSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)が含められており、かつ、第4の条件判別が真の場合に、実行されてもよい。また、この送信方法は、登録要求メッセージとともにSMメッセージ(例えば、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージ)を含められており、かつ、第4の条件判別が真の場合に、実行されてもよい。AMFは、このような送信方法を行うことにより、登録手続きにおいて、SMのための手続きが受諾されたことを示すことができる。
The AMF can also transmit an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment acceptance message) in the registration acceptance message, or send an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment acceptance message) together with the registration acceptance message. However, this transmission method may be executed when an SM message (for example, a PDU session establishment request message) is included in the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true. Further, this transmission method may be executed when the SM message (for example, the PDU session establishment request message) is included together with the registration request message and the fourth condition determination is true. By performing such a transmission method, the AMF can indicate that the procedure for the SM has been accepted in the registration procedure.
また、AMFは、受信した各識別情報、及び/又は加入者情報、及び/又はネットワークの能力情報、及び/又はオペレータポリシー、及び/又はネットワークの状態、及び/又はユーザの登録情報、及び/又はAMFが保持するコンテキスト等に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージを送信することで、UEの要求が受諾されたことを示してもよい。
In addition, the AMF receives the received identification information, and / or subscriber information, and / or network capability information, and / or operator policy, and / or network status, and / or user registration information, and / or The registration acceptance message may be transmitted based on the context or the like held by the AMF to indicate that the request from the UE has been accepted.
さらに、AMFは、登録受諾メッセージに、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を受信することで、UEの一部の要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、AMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。
Further, the AMF may transmit the registration acceptance message including information indicating that some requests of the UE have been rejected, or may transmit information indicating that some requests of the UE have been rejected. Doing so may indicate why some of the UE's requests were rejected. Further, the UE may recognize why some of the UE's requests were rejected by receiving information indicating that some of the UE's requests were rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
UEは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録受諾メッセージを受信する(S808)。UEは、登録受諾メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が受諾されたこと、及び登録受諾メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。
The UE receives the registration acceptance message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S808). By receiving the registration acceptance message, the UE can recognize that the request of the UE by the registration request message has been accepted and the contents of various kinds of identification information included in the registration acceptance message.
UEは、さらに、登録受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、登録完了メッセージを、5G AN(gNB)介して、AMFに送信することができる(S810)。尚、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージ等のSMメッセージを受信した場合は、登録完了メッセージに、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージ等のSMメッセージを含めて送信してもよいし、SMメッセージを含めることで、SMのための手続きが完了したことを示してもよい。ここで、登録完了メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。
The UE can further transmit a registration completion message to the AMF via 5G @ AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration acceptance message (S810). Note that, when the UE receives the SM message such as the PDU session establishment acceptance message, the registration completion message may be transmitted including the SM message such as the PDU session establishment completion message, or by including the SM message. , SM may be completed. Here, the registration completion message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, and is transmitted and received between the UE and the 5G @ AN (gNB) by being included in the RRC message.
AMFは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録完了メッセージを受信する(S810)。また、各装置は、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録完了メッセージの送受信に基づき、図6の(A)の手続きを完了する。
The AMF receives the registration completion message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S810). In addition, each device completes the procedure of FIG. 6A based on transmission / reception of the registration acceptance message and / or the registration completion message.
次に、第1の条件判別が偽の場合について説明する。AMFは、図6の(B)の手続きにおいて、登録要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージとして、5G AN(gNB)を介して、UEに登録拒絶(Registration reject)メッセージを送信する(S812)。ここで、登録拒絶メッセージは、N1インターフェース上で送受信されるNASメッセージであるが、UEと5G AN(gNB)間はRRCメッセージに含まれて送受信される。
Next, the case where the first condition determination is false will be described. In the procedure of FIG. 6B, the AMF transmits a registration rejection (Registration @ reject) message to the UE via 5G @ AN (gNB) as a response message to the registration request message (S812). Here, the registration rejection message is a NAS message transmitted and received on the N1 interface, but is transmitted and received between the UE and 5G @ AN (gNB) by being included in the RRC message.
尚、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージを送信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたことを示してもよい。さらに、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに拒絶された理由を示す情報を含めて送信してもよいし、拒絶された理由を送信することで拒絶された理由を示してもよい。さらに、UEは、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を示す情報を受信することで、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。尚、拒絶された理由は、AMFが受信した識別情報が示す内容が許可されていないことを示す情報であってもよい。
Note that the AMF may transmit the registration reject message to indicate that the UE request by the registration request message has been rejected. Further, the AMF may transmit the registration rejection message with information indicating the reason for the rejection, or may indicate the reason for the rejection by transmitting the reason for the rejection. Further, the UE may recognize the reason why the request of the UE was rejected by receiving information indicating the reason why the request of the UE was rejected. Note that the reason for rejection may be information indicating that the content indicated by the identification information received by the AMF is not permitted.
UEは、5G AN(gNB)介して、登録拒絶メッセージを受信する(S812)。UEは、登録拒絶メッセージを受信することで、登録要求メッセージによるUEの要求が拒絶されたこと、及び登録拒絶メッセージに含まれる各種の識別情報の内容を認識することができる。また、UEは、登録要求メッセージを送信した後、所定の期間が経過しても、登録拒絶メッセージを受信しない場合には、UEの要求が拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。各装置は、登録拒絶メッセージの送受信に基づき、本手続き中の(B)の手続きを完了する。
The UE receives the registration reject message via the 5G AN (gNB) (S812). By receiving the registration rejection message, the UE can recognize that the request of the UE by the registration request message has been rejected and the contents of various identification information included in the registration rejection message. Further, the UE may recognize that the request of the UE has been rejected if the UE does not receive the registration rejection message even after a predetermined period has elapsed after transmitting the registration request message. Each device completes the procedure (B) in this procedure based on the transmission and reception of the registration rejection message.
尚、図6の(B)の手続きは、図6の(A)の手続きを中止した場合に開始される場合もある。図6の(A)の手続きにおいて、第4の条件判別が真の場合、AMFは、登録拒絶メッセージに、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ等の拒絶を意味するSMメッセージを含めて送信してもよいし、拒絶を意味するSMメッセージを含めることで、SMのための手続きが拒絶されたことを示してもよい。その場合、UEは、さらに、PDUセッション確立拒絶メッセージ等の拒絶を意味するSMメッセージを受信してもよいし、SMのための手続きが拒絶されたことを認識してもよい。
Note that the procedure shown in FIG. 6B may be started when the procedure shown in FIG. 6A is stopped. In the procedure of FIG. 6A, if the fourth condition determination is true, the AMF may transmit a registration rejection message including an SM message indicating rejection such as a PDU session establishment rejection message. Including a SM message indicating rejection may indicate that the procedure for SM has been rejected. In that case, the UE may further receive an SM message indicating rejection, such as a PDU session establishment rejection message, or recognize that the procedure for SM has been rejected.
各装置は、図6の(A)又は(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きを完了する。尚、各装置は、図6の(A)の手続きの完了に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録された状態(RM_REGISTERED state)に遷移してもよいし、図6の(B)の手続きの完了に基づいて、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態(RM_DEREGISTERED state)を維持してもよいし、UEがネットワークに登録されていない状態へ遷移してもよい。また、各装置の各状態への遷移は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて行われてもよく、PDUセッションの確立に基づいて行われてもよい。
Each device completes the registration procedure based on the completion of the procedure of (A) or (B) in FIG. Note that each device may transition to a state where the UE is registered in the network (RM_REGISTERED state) based on the completion of the procedure of (A) in FIG. 6, or may complete the procedure of (B) in FIG. , The UE may maintain a state in which the UE is not registered in the network (RM_DEREGISTERED @ state), or may transition to a state in which the UE is not registered in the network. The transition of each device to each state may be performed based on completion of a registration procedure, or may be performed based on establishment of a PDU session.
さらに、各装置は、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録手続きで送受信した情報に基づいた処理を実施してもよい。例えば、UEの一部の要求が拒絶されたことを示す情報を送受信した場合、UEの要求が拒絶された理由を認識してもよい。さらに、各装置は、UEの要求が拒絶された理由に基づいて、再度本手続きを実施してもよいし、コアネットワーク_Bや別のセルに対して登録手続きを実施してもよい。
Further, each device may execute a process based on information transmitted and received in the registration procedure based on completion of the registration procedure. For example, when information indicating that some requests of the UE are rejected is transmitted and received, the reason why the request of the UE was rejected may be recognized. Furthermore, each device may perform this procedure again based on the reason that the request of the UE has been rejected, or may perform the registration procedure for the core network_B or another cell.
さらに、UEは、登録手続きの完了に基づいて、登録受諾メッセージ、及び/又は登録拒絶メッセージとともに受信した識別情報を記憶してもよいし、ネットワークの決定を認識してもよい。
Furthermore, based on the completion of the registration procedure, the UE may store the identification information received together with the registration acceptance message and / or the registration rejection message, or may recognize the network decision.
例えば、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用が許可されたことを認識してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアだけではなく、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアも、LADNサービスエリアとして設定することが可能であることを認識してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアとして使用することが可能であることを認識してもよい。UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、時間によってLADNサービスエリアを変更することが可能であると認識してもよい。これらの場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報であってよい。さらに、これらの場合、UEは、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアを用いて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよいし、LADNとの間で通信してもよい。
For example, when receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the network supports the extension of the LADN service area. Further, when receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the use of the extension of the LADN service area is permitted. In other words, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information, not only the area configured by one or more tracking areas, but also the area different from the area configured by one or more tracking areas, the LADN service It may be recognized that it can be set as an area, or that it can be used as a LADN service area. When receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that it is possible to change the LADN service area depending on time. In these cases, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area. Further, in these cases, the UE may use the extended LADN information, and / or the extended LADN service area to establish a PDU session for the LADN or to communicate with the LADN. Is also good.
逆に、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、又は第11の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、又は第11の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用が許可されていないことを認識してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、又は第11の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアのみを、LADNサービスエリアとして設定することが可能であることを認識してもよいし、LADNサービスエリアとして使用することが可能であることを認識してもよい。UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、又は第11の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、時間によってLADNサービスエリアを変更することが可能ではないと認識してもよい。これらの場合、UEは、従来のLADN情報、及び/又は従来のLADNサービスエリアを用いて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよいし、LADNとの間で通信してもよい。
Conversely, if the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or does not receive the eleventh identification information, the network supports the extension of the LADN service area. You may recognize that it is not. Further, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the extension of the LADN service area, or does not receive the eleventh identification information, the use of the extension of the LADN service area is permitted. You may recognize that there is not. In other words, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, or does not receive the eleventh identification information, the UE is configured by one or more tracking areas. It may be recognized that only the area can be set as the LADN service area, or that it can be used as the LADN service area. When the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported or does not receive the eleventh identification information, it is not possible to change the LADN service area by time. May be recognized. In these cases, the UE may use the conventional LADN information and / or the conventional LADN service area to establish a PDU session for the LADN or to communicate with the LADN.
さらに、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていることを、認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第11の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用が制限されていることを認識してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限のサポートを示す情報であってよい。
Furthermore, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the network supports the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area. Furthermore, when receiving the eleventh identification information, the UE may recognize that the use of the extension of the LADN service area is restricted. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for use restriction of extension of the LADN service area.
逆に、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、又は第11の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、ネットワークがLADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしていないことを、認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用制限をサポートしないことを示す第11の識別情報を受信した場合、又は第11の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の使用が制限されていないことを認識してもよい。尚、LADNサービスエリアの拡張の利用が制限されている場合、UEが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアを使用することは、禁止されていてもよい。
Conversely, when the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or when the network does not receive the eleventh identification information, the network extends the LADN service area. It may recognize that it does not support the use restriction of. Further, if the UE receives the eleventh identification information indicating that it does not support the use restriction of the extension of the LADN service area, or if the UE does not receive the eleventh identification information, the use of the extension of the LADN service area is not performed. You may recognize that you are not restricted. When the use of the extension of the LADN service area is restricted, the UE may be prohibited from using the extended LADN service area.
さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、ネットワークがLADNをサポートしていることを認識してもよいし、LADNへの接続が許可されたことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNへの接続において利用可能なDNNの一覧、及び/又はLADNへの接続が可能なエリアであるLADNサービスエリアを、認識してもよいし、コンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNへの接続において利用可能な一又は複数のS-NSSAIを、認識してもよいし、コンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、LADNへの接続において利用可能なS-NSSAIと、LADNへの接続において利用可能なDNN、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアとが関連づけられていると認識してもよいし、LADNへの接続において利用可能なS-NSSAIと、LADNへの接続において利用可能なDNN、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアとを関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。
Further, when receiving the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize that the network supports LADN, or may recognize that connection to the LADN has been permitted. Furthermore, the UE, when receiving the twelfth identification information, may recognize a list of DNNs available for connection to the LADN, and / or a LADN service area that is an area where connection to the LADN is possible. And may be stored in context. Further, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize or store one or more S-NSSAIs available for connection to the LADN in the context. Further, the UE may recognize that the S-NSSAI available for connection to the LADN and the DNN available for connection to the LADN, and / or the LADN service area are associated, May be stored in the context in association with the S-NSSAI available in the connection to the DDN and / or the LADN service area available in the connection to the LADN.
言い換えると、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、受信したLADN DNNに対応づけられたLADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADN S-NSSAIに対応づけられたLADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、受信したLADN DNNとLADN S-NSSAIとの組合せに対応づけられたLADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能であることを認識してもよい。
In other words, when receiving the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize that a PDU session for the LADN associated with the received LADNLADNN can be established, or the received LADN S- It may recognize that a PDU session for the LADN associated with NSSAI can be established. Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize that a PDU session for the LADN associated with the received combination of LADN DNN and LADN S-NSSAI can be established. .
さらに、言い換えると、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリアが、LADN DNNに対応づけられたLADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能なエリアであることを認識してもよいし、LADN S-NSSAIに対応づけられたLADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能なエリアであることを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報を受信した場合、受信したLADNサービスエリアが、LADN DNNとLADN S-NSSAIとの組合せに対応づけられたLADNのためのPDUセッションが確立可能なエリアであることを認識してもよい。
Further, in other words, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the UE may recognize that the LADN service area is an area in which a PDU session for the LADN associated with LADN DNN can be established. However, it may recognize that the PDU session for the LADN associated with the LADN @ S-NSSAI can be established. Furthermore, when the UE receives the twelfth identification information, the received LADN service area is an area where a PDU session for the LADN associated with the combination of LADN DNN and LADN S-NSSAI can be established. You may recognize that.
さらに、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリアの粒度を認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、第12の識別情報と共に、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報に含まれるLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアの粒度を、認識してもよいし、LADNサービスエリア情報と関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。具体的には、UEは、第12の識別情報と共に、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリアの粒度として、LADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであると認識してもよいし、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアであると認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報と共に、第13の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリア情報として、トラッキングエリアIDリストが含まれていることを認識してもよいし、RANのアシストが必要な情報が含まれていることを認識してもよいし、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報が含まれてことを認識してもよい。
Furthermore, upon receiving the thirteenth identification information, the UE may recognize the granularity of the LADN service area. More specifically, the UE, together with the twelfth identification information, when receiving the thirteenth identification information, may recognize the granularity of the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the twelfth identification information, Alternatively, it may be stored in the context in association with the LADN service area information. Specifically, the UE, together with the twelfth identification information, when receiving the thirteenth identification information, as the granularity of the LADN service area, the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information, by one or more tracking areas It may be recognized that the area is an area configured by the user or may be recognized as an area different from an area configured by one or more tracking areas. Furthermore, the UE, together with the twelfth identification information, when receiving the thirteenth identification information, may recognize that the tracking area ID list is included as the LADN service area information, or RAN assists It may recognize that necessary information is included, or may recognize that information that does not require RAN assistance is included.
逆に、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、デフォルトの粒度を、LADNサービスエリアの粒度として使用してもよい。さらに、UEは、第13の識別情報を受信した場合であっても、第13の識別情報が無効な情報である場合、及び/又はUEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、受信した第13の識別情報を無視してもよいし、デフォルトの粒度を、LADNサービスエリアの粒度として使用してもよい。ここで、デフォルトの粒度は、UEに予め設定されている粒度であってもよいし、以前にネットワークから受信した情報が示す粒度であってもよい。さらに、デフォルトの粒度の場合、LADNサービスエリアは、一又複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアであってもよく、LADNサービスエリア情報は、トラッキングエリアIDリストであってもよい。
Conversely, if the UE has not received the thirteenth identification information, the UE may use the default granularity as the granularity of the LADN service area. Further, even if the UE receives the thirteenth identification information, if the thirteenth identification information is invalid information, and / or if the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, The 13th identification information may be ignored, or the default granularity may be used as the granularity of the LADN service area. Here, the default granularity may be a granularity preset in the UE or a granularity indicated by information previously received from the network. Furthermore, in the case of the default granularity, the LADN service area may be an area configured by one or more tracking areas, and the LADN service area information may be a tracking area ID list.
尚、UEは、第12の識別情報の中に複数のLADNを示す情報が含まれている場合、LADNを示す情報毎に、LADNサービスエリアの粒度を、LADNを示す情報に関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報の中に複数のLADNサービスエリア情報が含まれている場合、LADNサービスエリア情報毎に、LADNサービスエリアの粒度を、LADNサービスエリア情報に関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。
When the twelfth identification information includes information indicating a plurality of LADNs, the UE stores the granularity of the LADN service area in the context in association with the information indicating the LADN for each information indicating the LADN. May be. Furthermore, when a plurality of LADN service area information is included in the twelfth identification information, the UE stores the granularity of the LADN service area in the context in association with the LADN service area information for each of the LADN service area information. May be.
さらに、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を認識してもよい。より詳細には、UEは、第12の識別情報と共に、第14の識別情報を受信した場合、第12の識別情報に含まれるLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を、認識してもよいし、LADNサービスエリア情報と関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。
Furthermore, upon receiving the fourteenth identification information, the UE may recognize a period during which the LADN service area is valid. More specifically, when the UE receives the fourteenth identification information together with the twelfth identification information, the UE recognizes the period during which the LADN service area indicated by the LADN service area information included in the twelfth identification information is valid. May be stored in the context in association with the LADN service area information.
逆に、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信しなかった場合デフォルトの期間を、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間として使用してもよい。さらに、UEは、第14の識別情報を受信した場合であっても、第14の識別情報が無効な情報である場合、及び/又はUEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない場合、受信した第14の識別情報を無視してもよいし、デフォルトの期間を、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間として使用してもよい。ここで、デフォルトの期間は、UEに予め設定されている期間であってもよいし、以前にネットワークから受信した情報が示す期間であってもよい。さらに、デフォルトの期間は、LADN情報が更新されるまでの期間であってもよい。
Conversely, the UE may use the default period as a period during which the LADN service area is valid when the UE does not receive the fourteenth identification information. Further, even if the UE receives the fourteenth identification information, if the fourteenth identification information is invalid information, and / or if the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, The fourteenth identification information may be ignored, or a default period may be used as a period during which the LADN service area is valid. Here, the default period may be a period preset in the UE or a period indicated by information previously received from the network. Further, the default period may be a period until the LADN information is updated.
尚、UEは、第12の識別情報の中に複数のLADNを示す情報が含まれている場合、LADNを示す情報毎に、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を、LADNを示す情報に関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報の中に複数のLADNサービスエリア情報が含まれている場合、LADNサービスエリア情報毎に、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を、LADNサービスエリア情報に関連づけてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。
Note that, when the twelfth identification information includes information indicating a plurality of LADNs, the UE associates the period during which the LADN service area is valid with the information indicating the LADN for each information indicating the LADN. It may be stored in the context. Further, when the plurality of LADN service area information is included in the twelfth identification information, the UE associates the period during which the LADN service area is valid with the LADN service area information for each of the LADN service area information. It may be stored in the context.
さらに、UEは、第12の識別情報と共に、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を受信した場合、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能であることを認識してもよいし、使用可能である、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報をコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、受信したLADN情報が拡張されたLADN情報であることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADN情報を、拡張されたLADN情報としてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、受信したLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが拡張されたLADNサービスエリアであることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADNサービスエリア情報を、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアを示すLADNサービスエリア情報としてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポートを示す情報であってよく、第12の識別情報は、拡張されたLADN情報であってよい。
Furthermore, the UE, together with the twelfth identification information, when receiving the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, extended LADN information, and / or extended It may recognize that the used LADN service area can be used, and may store the available LADN information and / or the LADN service area information in the context. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the received LADN information is the extended LADN information, or may store the received LADN information in the context as the extended LADN information. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the LADN service area indicated by the received LADN service area information is an extended LADN service area, or the received LADN service area information, It may be stored in the context as LADN service area information indicating the area. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating support for extension of the LADN service area, and the twelfth identification information may be extended LADN information.
逆に、UEは、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第12の識別情報を受信し、第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、及び/又は第12の識別情報を受信し、第11の識別情報、及び/又は第13の識別情報、及び/又は第14の識別情報を受信しなかった場合、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、従来のLADN情報、及び/又は従来のLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能であることを認識してもよいし、使用可能である、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報をコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、受信したLADN情報が従来のLADN情報であることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADN情報を、従来のLADN情報としてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、受信したLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが従来のLADNサービスエリアであることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADNサービスエリア情報を、従来のLADNサービスエリアを示すLADNサービスエリア情報としてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。この場合、第11の識別情報は、LADNサービスエリアの拡張がサポートされないことを示す情報であってよく、第12の識別情報は、従来のされたLADN情報であってよい。
Conversely, the UE receives the eleventh identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information, and does not receive the thirteenth identification information, and / or the fourteenth identification information, and / or the twelfth identification information. Received the identification information of the eleventh identification information, and / or the thirteenth identification information, and / or did not receive the fourteenth identification information, the extended LADN information, and / or the extended LADN It may be recognized that use of the service area is not possible. Further, the UE, in this case, may recognize that it is possible to use the conventional LADN information, and / or the conventional LADN service area, and may use the available LADN information, and / or the LADN service area. Information may be stored in context. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the received LADN information is conventional LADN information, or may store the received LADN information in the context as conventional LADN information. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the LADN service area indicated by the received LADN service area information is the conventional LADN service area, or the received LADN service area information may be used to identify the conventional LADN service area. It may be stored in the context as the indicated LADN service area information. In this case, the eleventh identification information may be information indicating that extension of the LADN service area is not supported, and the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
さらに、UEは、UEがLADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしていない状態で第12の識別情報を受信した場合、拡張されたLADN情報、及び/又は拡張されたLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能ではないことを認識してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、従来のLADN情報、及び/又は従来のLADNサービスエリアの使用が可能であることを認識してもよいし、使用可能である、LADN情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリア情報をコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、受信したLADN情報が従来のLADN情報であることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADN情報を、従来のLADN情報としてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。さらに、UEは、この場合、受信したLADNサービスエリア情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが従来のLADNサービスエリアであることを認識してもよいし、受信したLADNサービスエリア情報を、従来のLADNサービスエリアを示すLADNサービスエリア情報としてコンテキストに記憶してもよい。この場合、第12の識別情報は、従来のされたLADN情報であってよい。
Further, if the UE receives the twelfth identification information in a state where the UE does not support the extension of the LADN service area, the extended LADN information, and / or the use of the extended LADN service area is not possible You may recognize that. Further, the UE, in this case, may recognize that it is possible to use the conventional LADN information, and / or the conventional LADN service area, and may use the available LADN information, and / or the LADN service area. Information may be stored in context. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the received LADN information is conventional LADN information, or may store the received LADN information in the context as conventional LADN information. Further, in this case, the UE may recognize that the LADN service area indicated by the received LADN service area information is the conventional LADN service area, or the received LADN service area information may be used to identify the conventional LADN service area. It may be stored in the context as the indicated LADN service area information. In this case, the twelfth identification information may be conventional LADN information.
さらに、UEは、少なくとも第12の識別情報を受信し、受信した情報が示すLADNサービスエリアの中に位置している場合、LADNのためのPDUセッションの確立が可能であることを認識してもよいし、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、少なくとも第12の識別情報を受信し、受信した情報が示すLADNサービスエリアの外に位置している場合、LADNのためのPDUセッションの確立が可能ではないことを認識してもよいし、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きが禁止されていてもよい。
Further, the UE receives at least the twelfth identification information, and may recognize that it is possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN if the UE is located in the LADN service area indicated by the received information. Alternatively, a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the LADN may be started. In other words, the UE receives at least the twelfth identification information, and recognizes that it is not possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN when located outside the LADN service area indicated by the received information. Alternatively, a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN may be prohibited.
さらに、UEは、LADN情報の更新、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かの判断に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。具体的には、UEは、UEがLADNサービスエリアの内に位置しているとの判断に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。逆に、各装置は、UEがLADNサービスエリアの外に位置しているとの判断に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを解放してもよいし、LADNのためのPDUセッションに関連づけられたユーザプレーンリソースを解放してもよい。
Further, the UE initiates a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the LADN based on the update of the LADN information and / or the determination of whether or not the UE is located in the LADN service area. Is also good. Specifically, the UE may initiate a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN based on a determination that the UE is located within a LADN service area. Conversely, each device may release or be associated with a PDU session for LADN based on the determination that the UE is located outside the LADN service area. User plane resources may be released.
ここで、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かの判断は、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアを基に実施されてもよいし、従来のLADNサービスエリアを基に実施されてもよい。言い換えると、各装置が拡張されたLADNサービスエリアを記憶している場合、各装置は、拡張されたLADNサービスエリアを基に、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中にいるか否かの判断を実施してもよい。逆に、各装置が従来のLADNサービスエリアを記憶している場合、各装置は、従来のLADNサービスエリアを基に、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中にいるか否かの判断を実施してもよい。
Here, the determination whether the UE is located in the LADN service area may be performed based on the extended LADN service area, or may be performed based on the conventional LADN service area. . In other words, when each device stores the extended LADN service area, each device performs a determination as to whether the UE is in the LADN service area based on the extended LADN service area. Is also good. Conversely, if each device stores a conventional LADN service area, each device may perform a determination whether the UE is in the LADN service area based on the conventional LADN service area. .
さらに、記憶しているLADNサービスエリアが、トラッキングエリアIDリストである場合、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報と、RANから取得したトラッキングエリアIDとの比較に基づいて、LADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かを判断してよい。具体的には、UEは、RANから取得したトラッキングエリアIDが、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報に含まれている場合、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。逆に、UEは、RANから取得したトラッキングエリアIDが、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報に含まれていない場合、UEがLADNサービスエリアの外に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。
Furthermore, when the stored LADN service area is a tracking area ID list, the LADN service area information stored by the UE and the tracking area ID acquired from the RAN are compared, and the LADN service area May be determined. Specifically, the UE recognizes that the UE is located in the LADN service area when the tracking area ID acquired from the RAN is included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, and stores the UE. May be. Conversely, if the tracking area ID obtained from the RAN is not included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, the UE recognizes that the UE is located outside the LADN service area, and stores the UE. Is also good.
さらに、記憶しているLADNサービスエリアが、RANのアシストが必要な情報である場合、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報と、RANから取得した情報との比較に基づいて、LADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かを判断してよい。具体的には、UEは、RANから取得した情報が、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報に含まれている場合、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。逆に、UEは、RANから取得した情報が、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報に含まれていない場合、UEがLADNサービスエリアの外に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。
Furthermore, if the stored LADN service area is information that requires RAN assistance, the LADN service area information stored by the UE and the information obtained from the RAN, based on a comparison of the LADN service area, You may judge whether it is located inside. Specifically, the UE recognizes that the UE is located in the LADN service area when the information obtained from the RAN is included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, and stores the information. Is also good. Conversely, if the information obtained from the RAN is not included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, the UE may recognize and store that the UE is located outside the LADN service area. .
さらに、記憶しているLADNサービスエリアが、RANのアシストが必要ではない情報である場合、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報と、RAN以外から取得した情報との比較に基づいて、LADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かを判断してよい。具体的には、UEは、RAN以外から取得した情報が、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報に含まれている場合、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。逆に、UEは、RAN以外から取得した情報が、UEが記憶しているLADNサービスエリア情報に含まれていない場合、UEがLADNサービスエリアの外に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。
Further, if the stored LADN service area is information that does not require RAN assistance, the LADN service area information stored by the UE is compared with information obtained from a source other than the RAN. It may be determined whether or not it is located in the area. Specifically, the UE recognizes and stores that the UE is located in the LADN service area when the information obtained from other than the RAN is included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE. May be. Conversely, the UE recognizes that the UE is located outside the LADN service area when the information acquired from other than the RAN is not included in the LADN service area information stored by the UE, and may store the information. Good.
また、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かの判断は、ネットワークからUEに対して送信される制御メッセージの送受信を基に実施してもよい。具体的には、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。逆に、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、UEがLADNサービスエリアの外に位置していると認識、記憶してもよい。ここで、ネットワークからUEに対して送信される制御メッセージは、例えば、LCS(Location Services)の為の制御メッセージであってもよい。尚、UEがLADNサービスエリアの中に位置しているか否かの判断は、これらに限らなくてよい。
The determination whether the UE is located in the LADN service area may be performed based on transmission / reception of a control message transmitted from the network to the UE. Specifically, the UE may recognize and store that the UE is located in the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Conversely, the UE may recognize and store that the UE is located outside the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Here, the control message transmitted from the network to the UE may be, for example, a control message for LCS (Location @ Services). Note that the determination of whether the UE is located in the LADN service area is not limited to these.
さらに、UEは、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間内において、LADNのためのPDUセッションの確立が可能であることを認識してもよいし、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。言い換えると、UEは、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間外において、LADNのためのPDUセッションの確立が可能ではないことを認識してもよいし、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きが禁止されていてもよい。
Further, the UE may recognize that it is possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN within a period in which the LADN service area is valid, or a PDU session for establishing a PDU session for the LADN. The establishment procedure may be started. In other words, the UE may recognize that it is not possible to establish a PDU session for the LADN outside the period in which the LADN service area is valid, or may configure the PDU to establish a PDU session for the LADN. The session establishment procedure may be prohibited.
さらに、UEは、LADN情報の更新、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアの有効化の判断に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。具体的には、UEは、LADNサービスエリアの有効化に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始してもよい。逆に、各装置は、LADNサービスエリアの無効化に基づいて、無効化されたLADNサービスエリアに関連づけられて確立された、LADNのためのPDUセッションを解放してもよいし、LADNのためのPDUセッションに関連づけられたユーザプレーンリソースを解放してもよい。
Furthermore, the UE may start a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for the LADN based on the update of the LADN information and / or the determination of the activation of the LADN service area. Specifically, the UE may start a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for LADN based on the activation of the LADN service area. Conversely, each device may release a PDU session for the LADN established in association with the invalidated LADN service area based on the invalidation of the LADN service area, The user plane resources associated with the PDU session may be released.
ここで、LADNサービスエリアの有効化の判断は、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報に基づいて、実施されてもよい。具体的には、UE、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間と、現在時刻とを比較し、現在時刻が、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間内である場合には、LADNサービスエリアが有効であると判断してもよい。逆に、UE、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間と、現在時刻とを比較し、現在時刻が、LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間外である場合には、LADNサービスエリアが無効であると判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、受信した情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間の開始に基づいて、関連づけられたLADNサービスエリアを有効化してもよい。逆に、UEは、受信した情報が示すLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間の終了に基づいて、関連づけられたLADNサービスエリアを無効化してもよい。
Here, the determination of the activation of the LADN service area may be performed based on information indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid. Specifically, the UE, the period during which the LADN service area is valid, and the current time are compared. If the current time is within the period during which the LADN service area is valid, the LADN service area is valid. May be determined. Conversely, the UE and the period during which the LADN service area is valid are compared with the current time. If the current time is outside the period during which the LADN service area is valid, it is determined that the LADN service area is invalid. May be. Further, the UE may activate the associated LADN service area based on the start of a period during which the LADN service area indicated by the received information is valid. Conversely, the UE may invalidate the associated LADN service area based on the end of the period during which the LADN service area indicated by the received information is valid.
また、LADNサービスエリアの有効化の判断は、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、実施されてもよい。具体的には、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージを受信した場合に、LADNサービスエリアが有効であると判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信が可能ではない場合に、LADNサービスエリアが有効ではないと判断してもよい。逆に、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信を受信した場合に、LADNサービスエリアが有効ではないと判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信が可能ではない場合に、LADNサービスエリアが有効であると判断してもよい。さらに、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、LADNサービスエリアを有効化してもよい。逆に、UEは、ネットワークからの制御メッセージの受信に基づいて、LADNサービスエリアを無効化してもよい。尚、LADNサービスエリアの有効化の判断は、これらに限らなくてよい。
判断 Also, the decision to activate the LADN service area may be made based on the reception of a control message from the network. Specifically, when receiving the control message from the network, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is valid. Further, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is not valid when it is not possible to receive a control message from the network. Conversely, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is not valid when receiving the reception of the control message from the network. Further, the UE may determine that the LADN service area is valid when it is not possible to receive a control message from the network. Further, the UE may activate the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Conversely, the UE may invalidate the LADN service area based on receiving a control message from the network. Note that the determination of the activation of the LADN service area is not limited to these.
[3.2.2. PDUセッション確立手続き]
次に、DNに対してPDUセッションを確立するために行うPDUセッション確立手続き (PDU session establishment procedure) の概要について説明する。PDUセッション確立手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。尚、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを、登録手続きが完了して登録状態となった任意のタイミングで開始することができる。また、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを、登録手続きの中で実行することができてもよい。また、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。尚、PDUセッション確立手続きは、UEが主導して開始される手続きであってよいし、UEが要求して開始される手続きであってよい。各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを複数回実行することにより、複数のPDUセッションを確立することができる。以下、PDUセッション確立手続きの各ステップについて、簡単に説明していく。 [3.2.2. PDU session establishment procedure]
Next, an outline of a PDU session establishment procedure performed to establish a PDU session with the DN will be described. The PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Note that each device can start the PDU session establishment procedure at an arbitrary timing when the registration procedure is completed and the apparatus enters the registration state. Also, each device may be able to execute a PDU session establishment procedure in a registration procedure. Further, each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. Note that the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure initiated by the UE or a procedure initiated by the UE. Each device can establish a plurality of PDU sessions by executing the PDU session establishment procedure a plurality of times. Hereinafter, each step of the PDU session establishment procedure will be briefly described.
次に、DNに対してPDUセッションを確立するために行うPDUセッション確立手続き (PDU session establishment procedure) の概要について説明する。PDUセッション確立手続きは、5GSにおける手続きである。尚、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを、登録手続きが完了して登録状態となった任意のタイミングで開始することができる。また、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを、登録手続きの中で実行することができてもよい。また、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。尚、PDUセッション確立手続きは、UEが主導して開始される手続きであってよいし、UEが要求して開始される手続きであってよい。各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きを複数回実行することにより、複数のPDUセッションを確立することができる。以下、PDUセッション確立手続きの各ステップについて、簡単に説明していく。 [3.2.2. PDU session establishment procedure]
Next, an outline of a PDU session establishment procedure performed to establish a PDU session with the DN will be described. The PDU session establishment procedure is a procedure in 5GS. Note that each device can start the PDU session establishment procedure at an arbitrary timing when the registration procedure is completed and the apparatus enters the registration state. Also, each device may be able to execute a PDU session establishment procedure in a registration procedure. Further, each device may establish a PDU session based on the completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. Note that the PDU session establishment procedure may be a procedure initiated by the UE or a procedure initiated by the UE. Each device can establish a plurality of PDU sessions by executing the PDU session establishment procedure a plurality of times. Hereinafter, each step of the PDU session establishment procedure will be briefly described.
まず、UEは、AMFを介してSMFに、PDUセッション確立要求(PDU session establishment request)メッセージを送信することで、PDUセッション確立手続きを開始する。さらに、UEは、AMFを介してSMFから、PDUセッション確立受諾(PDU session establishment accept)メッセージを受信する。さらに、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージの受信に基づいて、PDUセッション確立完了(PDU session establishment complete)メッセージを送信してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージを受信する、及び/又はPDUセッション確立完了メッセージを送信することで、PDUセッション確立手続きを完了してよい。さらに、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、PDUセッションを確立してもよい。ここで、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに対する応答メッセージであってよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立完了メッセージは、PDUセッション確立受諾メッセージに対する応答メッセージであってよい。
First, the UE starts a PDU session establishment procedure by transmitting a PDU session establishment request (PDU @ session @ establishment @ request) message to the SMF via the AMF. Further, the UE receives a PDU session establishment acceptance (PDU @ session @ establishment @ accept) message from the SMF via the AMF. Further, the UE may transmit a PDU session establishment completion (PDU @ session @ establishment @ complete) message based on the reception of the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Further, the UE may complete the PDU session establishment procedure by receiving a PDU session establishment acceptance message and / or transmitting a PDU session establishment completion message. Further, each device may establish a PDU session based on completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. Here, the PDU session establishment acceptance message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment request message. Further, the PDU session establishment completion message may be a response message to the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
ここで、PDUセッション確立手続きが、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きである場合、UEは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに、LADNへの接続において利用可能なDNNであるLADN DNNを含めて送信してもよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きが、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きである場合、UEは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに、LADNへの接続において利用可能なS-NSSAIであるLADN S-NSSAIも含めて送信してもよいし、LADN DNNに関連づけられたS-NSSAIも含めて送信してもよい。
Here, if the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN, the UE includes, in the PDU session establishment request message, a LADN that is a DNN available for connection to the LADN. You may transmit including DNN. Further, if the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN, the UE is an S-NSSAI available in the connection to the LADN in the PDU session establishment request message. LADN @ S-NSSAI may be transmitted, or S-NSSAI associated with LADN @ DNN may be transmitted.
これらの場合、UEは、PDUセッション確立手続きの実行以前に受信したLADN情報に含まれるLADN DNNの中から、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めるLADN DNNを選択してもよいし、UEが記憶しているLADN DNNの中から、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めるLADN DNNを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッション確立手続きの実行以前に受信したLADN情報に含まれるLADN S-NSSAIの中から、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めるLADN S-NSSAIを選択してもよいし、UEが記憶しているLADN S-NSSAIの中から、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めるLADN S-NSSAIを選択してもよい。さらに、UEは、PDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めるLADN DNNに関連づけられているS-NSSAIを選択し、選択したS-NSSAIをPDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めてもよい。
In these cases, the UE may select LADN DNN to be included in the PDU session establishment request message from the LADN DNN included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, or the UE may store the The LADN @ DNN to be included in the PDU session establishment request message may be selected from the existing LADN @ DNNs. Further, the UE may select LADN S-NSSAI to be included in the PDU session establishment request message from the LADN S-NSSAI included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, or the UE may store the The LADN @ S-NSSAI to be included in the PDU session establishment request message may be selected from the available LADN @ S-NSSAIs. Further, the UE may select the S-NSSAI associated with the LADN DNN to be included in the PDU session establishment request message, and include the selected S-NSSAI in the PDU session establishment request message.
さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きの実行以前に受信したLADN情報の中に複数のLADN DNNが含まれている場合、及び/又は複数のLADN DNNを記憶している場合、UEは、LADNサービスエリア情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報を基に、LADN DNNを選択し、選択したLADN DNNをPDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きの実行以前に受信したLADN情報の中に複数のLADN S-NSSAIが含まれている場合、及び/又は複数のLADN S-NSSAIを記憶している場合、UEは、LADNサービスエリア情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報を基に、LADN S-NSSAIを選択し、選択したLADN S-NSSAIをPDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。より詳細には、PDUセッション確立手続きの実行以前に受信したLADN情報の中に複数のLADNを示す情報が含まれている場合、及び/又は複数のLADNを示す情報を記憶している場合、UEは、LADNサービスエリア情報、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報を基に、LADNを示す情報を選択し、選択したLADNを示す情報に含まれるLADN DNN、及び/又はLADN S-NSSAIをPDUセッション確立要求メッセージに含めて送信してもよい。さらに、PDUセッション確立手続きが、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きである場合、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きの完了に基づいて、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよい。
Further, if a plurality of LADN DNN is included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, and / or if a plurality of LADN DNNs are stored, the UE performs the LADN service area information, And / or LADN @ DNN may be selected based on the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid, and the selected LADN @ DNN may be included in the PDU session establishment request message and transmitted. Further, if a plurality of LADN 以前 S-NSSAI are included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, and / or if a plurality of LADN S-NSSAIs are stored, the UE Based on the service area information and / or the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid, LADN S-NSSAI may be selected, and the selected LADN S-NSSAI may be included in the PDU session establishment request message and transmitted. . In more detail, when the information indicating a plurality of LADN is included in the LADN information received before the execution of the PDU session establishment procedure, and / or when storing information indicating a plurality of LADN, UE Selects the information indicating the LADN based on the LADN service area information and / or the information indicating the period during which the LADN service area is valid, and selects the LADN DNN and / or the LADN S included in the information indicating the selected LADN. -NSSAI may be included in the PDU session establishment request message and transmitted. Further, when the PDU session establishment procedure is a PDU session establishment procedure for establishing a PDU session for a LADN, each device establishes a PDU session for an LADN based on completion of the PDU session establishment procedure. You may.
[4. 第1の実施形態]
次に、第1の実施形態について説明する。以下、第1の実施形態を、本実施形態と称する。本実施形態の通信手続きでは、まず、各装置は、UEが開始した登録手続きを行う。次に、各装置は、UEが開始したPDUセッション確立手続きを行うことにより、PDUセッションを確立し、UEとDNとの間で、PDUセッションを用いた通信を行うことができる状態へ遷移する。次に、各装置は、PDUセッションを用いてユーザデータの送受信を行う。以上により、本実施形態の手続きは完了する。 [4. First Embodiment]
Next, a first embodiment will be described. Hereinafter, the first embodiment will be referred to as the present embodiment. In the communication procedure according to the present embodiment, first, each device performs a registration procedure started by the UE. Next, each device establishes a PDU session by performing the UE-initiated PDU session establishment procedure, and transitions to a state in which communication using the PDU session can be performed between the UE and the DN. Next, each device transmits and receives user data using the PDU session. Thus, the procedure of the present embodiment is completed.
次に、第1の実施形態について説明する。以下、第1の実施形態を、本実施形態と称する。本実施形態の通信手続きでは、まず、各装置は、UEが開始した登録手続きを行う。次に、各装置は、UEが開始したPDUセッション確立手続きを行うことにより、PDUセッションを確立し、UEとDNとの間で、PDUセッションを用いた通信を行うことができる状態へ遷移する。次に、各装置は、PDUセッションを用いてユーザデータの送受信を行う。以上により、本実施形態の手続きは完了する。 [4. First Embodiment]
Next, a first embodiment will be described. Hereinafter, the first embodiment will be referred to as the present embodiment. In the communication procedure according to the present embodiment, first, each device performs a registration procedure started by the UE. Next, each device establishes a PDU session by performing the UE-initiated PDU session establishment procedure, and transitions to a state in which communication using the PDU session can be performed between the UE and the DN. Next, each device transmits and receives user data using the PDU session. Thus, the procedure of the present embodiment is completed.
尚、本実施形態の手続きでは、各装置は、登録手続きにおいて、UEとネットワークとの間で、LADNサービスエリアの拡張のサポート情報、及び/又はLADN情報を交換してよい。
In the procedure of the present embodiment, each device may exchange support information for extending the LADN service area and / or LADN information between the UE and the network in the registration procedure.
さらに、各装置は、PDUセッション確立手続きにおいて、登録手続きで交換した情報を基に、UEとネットワークとの間で、LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立してもよい。尚、LADNのためのPDUセッションは、特定のエリアにUEが在圏している場合のみに確立可能なPDUセッションであってよい。ここで、特定のエリアとは、例えば、LADNサービスエリアであってもよい。
Further, in the PDU session establishment procedure, each device may establish a PDU session for the LADN between the UE and the network based on the information exchanged in the registration procedure. The PDU session for the LADN may be a PDU session that can be established only when the UE is located in a specific area. Here, the specific area may be, for example, a LADN service area.
さらに、各装置は、確立されたPDUセッションを用いることにより、LADNとの間でユーザデータの通信を実行してもよい。さらに、各装置は、LADN情報の更新、及び/又はLADNサービスエリアの状態変化に基づいて、確立しているPDUセッションを解放してもよいし、確立しているPDUセッションに関連づけられたユーザプレーンリソースを解放してもよい。
Furthermore, each device may execute user data communication with the LADN by using the established PDU session. Further, each device may release the established PDU session based on the update of the LADN information and / or a change in the state of the LADN service area, or may release the user plane associated with the established PDU session. Resources may be released.
[5. 変形例]
本発明に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであっても良い。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)等の揮発性メモリあるいはフラッシュメモリ等の不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)、あるいはその他の記憶装置システムに格納される。 [5. Modifications]
The program that operates on the device according to the present invention may be a program that controls a Central Processing Unit (CPU) and the like to cause a computer to function so as to realize the functions of the embodiment according to the present invention. The program or information handled by the program is temporarily stored in a volatile memory such as a random access memory (RAM), a nonvolatile memory such as a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD), or another storage device system.
本発明に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであっても良い。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)等の揮発性メモリあるいはフラッシュメモリ等の不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)、あるいはその他の記憶装置システムに格納される。 [5. Modifications]
The program that operates on the device according to the present invention may be a program that controls a Central Processing Unit (CPU) and the like to cause a computer to function so as to realize the functions of the embodiment according to the present invention. The program or information handled by the program is temporarily stored in a volatile memory such as a random access memory (RAM), a nonvolatile memory such as a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD), or another storage device system.
尚、本発明に関わる実施形態の機能を実現する為のプログラムをコンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録しても良い。この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行する事によって実現しても良い。ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、装置に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、オペレーティングシステムや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、半導体記録媒体、光記録媒体、磁気記録媒体、短時間動的にプログラムを保持する媒体、あるいはコンピュータが読み取り可能なその他の記録媒体であっても良い。
Note that a program for realizing the functions of the embodiment according to the present invention may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium. The program may be realized by causing a computer system to read and execute the program recorded on the recording medium. Here, the “computer system” is a computer system built in the device, and includes an operating system and hardware such as peripheral devices. Further, the “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, or another computer-readable recording medium. Is also good.
また、上述した実施形態に用いた装置の各機能ブロック、または諸特徴は、電気回路、たとえば、集積回路あるいは複数の集積回路で実装または実行され得る。本明細書で述べられた機能を実行するように設計された電気回路は、汎用用途プロセッサ、デジタルシグナルプロセッサ(DSP)、特定用途向け集積回路(ASIC)、フィールドプログラマブルゲートアレイ(FPGA)、またはその他のプログラマブル論理デバイス、ディスクリートゲートまたはトランジスタロジック、ディスクリートハードウェア部品、またはこれらを組み合わせたものを含んでよい。汎用用途プロセッサは、マイクロプロセッサでもよいし、従来型のプロセッサ、コントローラ、マイクロコントローラ、またはステートマシンであっても良い。前述した電気回路は、デジタル回路で構成されていてもよいし、アナログ回路で構成されていてもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩により現在の集積回路に代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、本発明の一又は複数の態様は当該技術による新たな集積回路を用いる事も可能である。
Each functional block or various features of the apparatus used in the above-described embodiments may be implemented or executed by an electric circuit, for example, an integrated circuit or a plurality of integrated circuits. Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other Logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or a combination thereof. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or may be a conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The above-mentioned electric circuit may be constituted by a digital circuit or an analog circuit. In addition, in the case where a technology for forming an integrated circuit that substitutes for a current integrated circuit appears due to an advance in semiconductor technology, one or more aspects of the present invention can use a new integrated circuit based on the technology.
なお、本願発明は上述の実施形態に限定されるものではない。実施形態では、装置の1例を記載したが、本願発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器等の端末装置もしくは通信装置に適用出来る。
発 明 Note that the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment. In the embodiment, an example of the device is described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and stationary or non-movable electronic devices installed indoors and outdoors, for example, AV devices, kitchen devices It can be applied to terminal devices or communication devices such as cleaning / washing equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other living equipment.
以上、この発明の実施形態に関して図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本発明は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記各実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。
Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to the embodiments, and may include a design change or the like without departing from the gist of the present invention. Further, the present invention can be variously modified within the scope shown in the claims, and an embodiment obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments is also included in the technical scope of the present invention. It is. The elements described in the above embodiments also include a configuration in which elements having the same effects are replaced.
Claims (6)
- ユーザ装置であって、
前記ユーザ装置は、送受信部と制御部とを備え、
前記制御部は、登録手続きにおいて、
登録要求メッセージを制御装置に送信し、
登録受諾メッセージを前記制御装置から受信し、
前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、
前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、
前記制御部は、
前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、
前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定する
ことを特徴とするユーザ装置。 A user device,
The user device includes a transmission / reception unit and a control unit,
The control unit, in the registration procedure,
Send a registration request message to the control unit,
Receiving a registration acceptance message from the control device;
The registration request message includes information A indicating whether or not expansion of a Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported,
The registration acceptance message includes information B indicating whether or not the extension of the LADN service area is supported,
The control unit includes:
When the information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, an area configured by one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area,
When the information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, an area different from the area constituted by the one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area. User equipment. - 前記登録受諾メッセージは、さらに、前記LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報Cを含み、
前記送受信部は、前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す情報である場合に、前記情報Cが示す期間内に、前記LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始する
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のユーザ装置。 The registration acceptance message further includes information C indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid,
The transmitting and receiving unit, when the information B is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, within a period indicated by the information C, a PDU for establishing a PDU session for the LADN. The user apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the user apparatus starts a session establishment procedure. - 制御装置であって、
前記制御装置は、送受信部と制御部とを備え、
前記制御部は、登録手続きにおいて、
登録要求メッセージをユーザ装置から受信し、
登録受諾メッセージを前記ユーザ装置に送信し、
前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、
前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、
前記制御部は、
前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、
前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、
前記登録受諾メッセージは、さらに、前記LADNサービスエリアを示す情報Cを含む
ことを特徴とする制御装置。 A control device,
The control device includes a transmitting and receiving unit and a control unit,
The control unit, in the registration procedure,
Receiving a registration request message from the user equipment,
Sending a registration acceptance message to the user device;
The registration request message includes information A indicating whether or not expansion of a Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported,
The registration acceptance message includes information B indicating whether or not the extension of the LADN service area is supported,
The control unit includes:
When the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, an area configured by one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area,
When the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, an area different from the area configured by the one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area,
The control device, wherein the registration acceptance message further includes information C indicating the LADN service area. - ユーザ装置の通信制御方法であって、
登録手続きにおいて、
登録要求メッセージを制御装置に送信するステップと、
登録受諾メッセージを前記制御装置から受信するステップとを有し、
前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、
前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、
前記ユーザ装置は、
前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、
前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定する
ことを特徴とするユーザ装置の通信制御方法。 A communication control method for a user device,
In the registration procedure,
Transmitting a registration request message to the control device;
Receiving a registration acceptance message from the control device,
The registration request message includes information A indicating whether or not expansion of a Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported,
The registration acceptance message includes information B indicating whether or not the extension of the LADN service area is supported,
The user device,
When the information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, an area configured by one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area,
When the information B indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, an area different from the area constituted by the one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area. A communication control method for a user device. - 前記登録受諾メッセージは、さらに、前記LADNサービスエリアが有効である期間を示す情報Cを含み、
前記ユーザ装置は、前記情報Bが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す情報である場合に、前記情報Cが示す期間内に、前記LADNのためのPDUセッションを確立するためのPDUセッション確立手続きを開始する
ことを特徴とする請求項4に記載のユーザ装置の通信制御方法。 The registration acceptance message further includes information C indicating a period during which the LADN service area is valid,
The user apparatus, when the information B is information indicating that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, within a period indicated by the information C, a PDU for establishing a PDU session for the LADN. 5. The communication control method for a user device according to claim 4, wherein a session establishment procedure is started. - 制御装置の通信制御方法であって、
登録手続きにおいて、
登録要求メッセージをユーザ装置から受信するステップと、
登録受諾メッセージを前記ユーザ装置に送信するステップとを有し、
前記登録要求メッセージは、Local Area Data Network (LADN)サービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Aを含み、
前記登録受諾メッセージは、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしているか否かを示す情報Bを含み、
前記制御装置は、
前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートしないことを示す場合に、一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、
前記情報Aが、前記LADNサービスエリアの拡張をサポートすることを示す場合に、前記一又は複数のトラッキングエリアによって構成されるエリアとは異なるエリアを、前記LADNサービスエリアとして設定し、
前記登録受諾メッセージは、さらに、前記LADNサービスエリアを示す情報Cを含む
ことを特徴とする制御装置の通信制御方法。 A communication control method for a control device,
In the registration procedure,
Receiving a registration request message from the user equipment;
Transmitting a registration acceptance message to the user device;
The registration request message includes information A indicating whether or not expansion of a Local Area Data Network (LADN) service area is supported,
The registration acceptance message includes information B indicating whether or not the extension of the LADN service area is supported,
The control device includes:
When the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is not supported, an area configured by one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area,
When the information A indicates that the extension of the LADN service area is supported, an area different from the area configured by the one or more tracking areas is set as the LADN service area,
The communication control method of a control device, wherein the registration acceptance message further includes information C indicating the LADN service area.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2018119582A JP2020005010A (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2018-06-25 | User device, control device, and communication control method |
JP2018-119582 | 2018-06-25 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020004278A1 true WO2020004278A1 (en) | 2020-01-02 |
Family
ID=68986903
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2019/024782 WO2020004278A1 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2019-06-21 | User device, control device, and communication control method |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2020005010A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020004278A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114071788A (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2022-02-18 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Method for synchronizing session state of multi-access PDU between UE and network and related user equipment |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110830534B (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2022-02-08 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Control method and communication device for LAN service |
-
2018
- 2018-06-25 JP JP2018119582A patent/JP2020005010A/en active Pending
-
2019
- 2019-06-21 WO PCT/JP2019/024782 patent/WO2020004278A1/en active Application Filing
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects;Procedures for the 5G System;Stage 2(Release 15", 3GPP TS 23.502 V15.2.0, 19 June 2018 (2018-06-19), XP051535225 * |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114071788A (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2022-02-18 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Method for synchronizing session state of multi-access PDU between UE and network and related user equipment |
CN114071788B (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2024-06-04 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Multi-access PDU session state synchronization method between UE and network and related user equipment |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2020005010A (en) | 2020-01-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7283868B2 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
WO2020105546A1 (en) | User device | |
JP7283869B2 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
JP6828000B2 (en) | UE, control device, UE communication control method and control device communication control method | |
JP7339727B2 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
WO2020100719A1 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
WO2019225326A1 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
WO2020105547A1 (en) | User device | |
WO2019198721A1 (en) | User equipment, control device, and communication control method | |
WO2021085615A1 (en) | User equipment (ue) and communication control method | |
WO2020004278A1 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
WO2020071543A1 (en) | User device, control device, and communication control method | |
JP2023165046A (en) | User equipment (ue) and communication control method | |
WO2020031855A1 (en) | User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | |
JP7350508B2 (en) | UE and communication control method | |
WO2021235271A1 (en) | User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | |
WO2021235262A1 (en) | User equipment (ue) and communication control method | |
WO2021235270A1 (en) | User Equipment (UE) AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19826074 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19826074 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |